{"title":"New Arrivals","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"get-more-vits-vitamin-b-sparkling-apple-raspberry-330ml-12-pack","title":"Get More Vits - Vitamin B Sparkling Apple \u0026 Raspberry 330ml Can (12 Pack)","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the perfect pick-me-up... Our Apple \u0026amp; Raspberry B Vitamins drink is your go-to source for essential daily B vits!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA delicious combination of crisp apple and sweet raspberry, each can contains your daily recommended dose of B1, B3, B5, B6, B7, and B12. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWant to increase your B vitamins intake? Get More B Vitamins is the perfect way to stay hydrated and top up your B vitamins without adding any calories! Made from Spring water and only 3 calories per can. Our sparkling Apple \u0026amp; Raspberry B Vitamins drink contains 100% NRV* of your daily dose of 6 different B Vitamins per can and it's completely sugar free! B Vitamins help you turn your food into energy. B6 and B12 tackle tiredness, while thiamine (B1) and Niacin (B3) get your metabolism going. Suitable for Vegans. Get More Vits drinks are all sugar-free, low-calorie and gluten-free. *Nutrient Reference Value\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRefreshing, sweet and full of goodness. Our Apple \u0026amp; Raspberry B Vits drink blends natural flavours of juicy apple with subtly sweet raspberry, boosted with 100%* of your daily dose of 6 different B Vitamins. Healthy never tasted so good!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTASTY FRUITY VITAMIN WATER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSugar free, natural fruit flavours and with your daily dose of vitamins - what's not to love?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINGREDIENTS:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sparkling Spring Water, Acid (Citric Acid, Malic Acid), Natural Flavourings, Sweetener (Sucralose), Vitamins (Biotin, Niacin, Pantothenic Acid, Thiamine, B12, B6).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNUTRITIONAL INFORMATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePER 330ML SERVING:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEnergy 13kJ\/3kcal  |  Fat 0g  |  Of which saturates 0g  |  Carbohydrates 0g  |  Of which sugars 0g  |  Fibre 0g  |  Protein 0g  |  Salt 0g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThiamine (B1) 1.1mg (100%*)  |  Niacin (B3) 16mg (100%*)  |  Vitamin B12 2.5µg (100%*)  |  Vitamin B6 1.4mg (100%*)  |  Biotin (B7) 50µg (100%*)  |  Pantothenic Acid (B5) 6mg (100%*)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e*% Reference Intake - Nutrient Reference Value (NRV)\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest served chilled. Store in a cool dry place, out of direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 x 330ml Cans\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/img_uspicons_btl_apple_2x_c6330762-289d-48b4-b1f0-0b1967612893_480x480.webp?v=1745251794\" style=\"margin-right: 42.75px; margin-bottom: 16px; margin-left: 42.75px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Get More Vits","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55750749487489,"sku":"GET-2549067","price":10.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/125817_bb314843323c19bd06dbe5b4cc364f63.png?v=1780311738"},{"product_id":"get-more-vits-vitamin-d-sparkling-mango-passionfruit-330ml-12-pack","title":"Get More Vits - Vitamin D Sparkling Mango \u0026 Passionfruit 330ml Can (12 Pack)","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the perfect tropical pick-me-up... Our Mango \u0026amp; Passionfruit Vitamin D drink is your go-to source for essential daily Vitamin D!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA delicious combination of juicy mango and sweet passionfruit, each can contains 200%* of your daily recommended dose of Vitamin D, plus 15%* of your daily calcium. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWant to increase your Vitamin D intake? Get More Vitamin D is the perfect way to stay hydrated and top up your Vitamin D levels without adding any calories! Made from Spring water and only 3 calories per can. Our sparkling Mango \u0026amp; Passionfruit Vitamin D drink is completely sugar free! Vitamin D is essential to help maintain a healthy immune system and supports healthy bones, teeth and muscles by keeping the right level of calcium in the body. Suitable for Vegetarians. Get More Vits drinks are all sugar-free, low-calorie and gluten-free. *Nutrient Reference Value\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFruity, fresh and full of goodness. Our Mango \u0026amp; Passionfruit Vitamin D drink blends natural flavours of juicy mango with tropical passionfruit, boosted with 200%* of your daily Vitamin D and 15%* calcium. Healthy never tasted so good!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTASTY FRUITY VITAMIN WATER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSugar free, natural fruit flavours and with your daily dose of vitamins - what's not to love?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINGREDIENTS:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sparkling Spring Water, Vitamins \u0026amp; Minerals (Vitamin D, Calcium Lactate), Acids (Citric Acid), Natural Flavourings, Antioxidant (Ascorbic Acid), Sweetener (Sucralose).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNUTRITIONAL INFORMATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePER 330ML SERVING:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEnergy 14kJ\/3kcal  |  Fat 0g  |  Of which saturates 0g  |  Carbohydrates 0g  |  Of which sugars 0g  |  Fibre 0g  |  Protein 0g  |  Salt 0g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVitamin D 10µg (200%*)  |  Calcium 120mg (15%*)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e*% Reference Intake – Nutrient Reference Value (NRV)\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest served chilled. Store in a cool dry place, out of direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 x 330ml Cans\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/img_uspicons_btl_mango_2x_f8654bca-0dc7-4a22-b0f9-058097cf4d0c_480x480.png?v=1745252192\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Get More Vits","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55750902841729,"sku":"GET-300930","price":10.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/125812_ba4e571d153a12da5257764c4ca571e2.png?v=1780313333"},{"product_id":"get-more-vits-multivitamin-sparkling-lemon-lime-330ml-12-pack","title":"Get More Vits - Multivitamin Sparkling Lemon \u0026 Lime 330ml Can (12 Pack)","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the perfect zesty pick-me-up... Our Lemon \u0026amp; Lime Multivits drink is your go-to source for essential daily vitamins!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA delicious combination of sweet lemon and tart lime, each can contains 100%* of your daily dose of Vitamin D, 100%* of 6 different B Vitamins and 100%* of Vitamin C. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWant to increase your vitamin intake? Get More Multivits is the perfect way to stay hydrated and top up your vitamin levels without adding any calories! Made from Spring water and only 2 calories per can. Our sparkling Lemon \u0026amp; Lime Multivits drink is completely sugar free! Vitamin C and Vitamin D are essential to help maintain a healthy immune system. Vitamin D also helps to support healthy bones, teeth and muscles by keeping the right level of calcium in the body, whilst B Vitamins help support energy release. Suitable for Vegetarians. Get More Vits drinks are all sugar-free, low-calorie and gluten-free. *Nutrient Reference Value\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSparkling, zesty and full of goodness. Our Lemon \u0026amp; Lime Multivits drink blends natural flavours of sweet lemon with tart lime, boosted with 100%* of your daily Vitamin D, 100%* of 6 different B Vitamins and 100%* of Vitamin C. Healthy never tasted so good!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTASTY FRUITY VITAMIN WATER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSugar free, natural fruit flavours and with your daily dose of vitamins - what's not to love?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINGREDIENTS:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sparkling Spring Water, Acid (Citric Acid), Natural Flavourings, Vitamins (Biotin, Niacin, Pantothenic Acid, Thiamine, B12, B6, Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C), Vitamin D), Sweetener (Sucralose).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNUTRITIONAL INFORMATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePER 330ML SERVING:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEnergy 7kJ\/2kcal  |  Fat 0g  |  Of which saturates 0g  |  Carbohydrates 0g  |  Of which sugars 0g  |  Fibre 0g  |  Protein 0g  |  Salt 0g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThiamine (B1) 1.1mg (100%*)  |  Niacin (B3) 16mg (100%*)  |  Vitamin B12 2.5µg (100%*)  |  Vitamin B6 1.4mg (100%*)  |  Biotin (B7) 50µg (100%*)  |  Pantothenic Acid (B5) 6mg (100%*)  |  Vitamin C 80mg (100%*)  |  Vitamin D 5µg (100%*)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e*% Reference Intake – Nutrient Reference Value (NRV)\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest served chilled. Store in a cool dry place, out of direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 x 330ml Cans\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/img_uspicons_btl_lemon_2x_4b20a88b-fe27-441b-a274-94ee9ced9e68_480x480.png?v=1745252653\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Get More Vits","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55751005372801,"sku":"GET-447763","price":10.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/125814_74f8e767102e2973d2ec80ca43b26eae.png?v=1780316166"},{"product_id":"pringles-minis-sour-cream-onion-potato-crisps-40g-box-of-28","title":"Pringles Minis Sour Cream \u0026 Onion Potato Crisps - 40g (Box of 28)","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing Pringles Minis Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion Crisps — your go-to snack for a burst of bold, tangy flavour in a fun, bite-sized format! Provided in a new and exciting bag format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the perfect blend of creamy sour cream and zingy green onion, now in a convenient mini size. Ideal for lunch boxes, on-the-go moments, or everyday snacking occasions. Each 40g bag delivers that signature Pringles crunch with a classic flavour combination that's always a crowd-pleaser — perfect for vending, hospitality, and workplace snacking. Stock up with a full box of 28 and keep your customers coming back for more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew Pringles Minis Sour Cream \u0026amp; Onion crisps — the perfect companion for busy days, family snacks, or any occasion that calls for great flavour in a mini size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBOLD FLAVOUR. MINI SIZE. MAXIMUM CRUNCH.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCreamy sour cream meets zingy green onion in a perfectly portioned mini format — what's not to love?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINGREDIENTS:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dehydrated potatoes, sunflower oil, corn flour, wheat starch, sour cream \u0026amp; onion seasoning (flavourings {\u003cstrong\u003emilk\u003c\/strong\u003e}, dextrose, onion powder, modified maize starch, salt, sunflower oil, flavour enhancers {monosodium glutamate, disodium guanylate, disodium inosinate}, wheat starch, sour cream powder {\u003cstrong\u003emilk\u003c\/strong\u003e}, sugar, acids {citric acid, lactic acid, malic acid}, oat fibre, sweet whey powder {\u003cstrong\u003emilk\u003c\/strong\u003e}, glucose syrup powder, milk proteins), maltodextrin, rapeseed oil, emulsifier (E471), acid (citric acid).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eALLERGENS:\u003c\/strong\u003e Contains \u003cstrong\u003egluten\u003c\/strong\u003e (from other cereals), \u003cstrong\u003emilk\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003esoy\u003c\/strong\u003e. For allergens, see ingredients in \u003cstrong\u003ebold\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pringles","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55751512359297,"sku":"PRI-6087185","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/NEWPRINGLESMINI.png?v=1780318689"},{"product_id":"pringles-minis-original-potato-crisps-40g-box-of-28","title":"Pringles Minis Original Ready Salted Potato Crisps - 40g (Box of 28)","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing Pringles Minis Original Crisps — your go-to snack for a burst of bold, tangy flavour in a fun, bite-sized format!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the light, salty goodness of the iconic Pringles Original taste, now in a convenient mini size. Perfect for lunch boxes, on-the-go moments, or everyday snacking occasions. Each 40g bag delivers that signature Pringles crunch in a format that's ideal for vending, hospitality, and workplace snacking. Stock up with a full box of 28 and keep your customers coming back for more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew Pringles Minis Original crisps — the perfect companion for busy days, family snacks, or any occasion that calls for great flavour in a mini size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBOLD FLAVOUR. MINI SIZE. MAXIMUM CRUNCH.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe classic Pringles Original taste you love, now in a perfectly portioned mini format — what's not to love?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINGREDIENTS:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dehydrated potatoes, sunflower oil, corn flour, wheat starch, maltodextrin, rapeseed oil, emulsifier (E471), reduced sodium sea salt, acid (citric acid).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eALLERGENS:\u003c\/strong\u003e Contains \u003cstrong\u003egluten\u003c\/strong\u003e (from other cereals), \u003cstrong\u003emilk\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003esoy\u003c\/strong\u003e. For allergens, see ingredients in \u003cstrong\u003ebold\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest before: see base of tube. Store in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e28 x 40g\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pringles","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55751597752705,"sku":"PRI-0281393","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/newpringlesminis.png?v=1780318732"},{"product_id":"9oz-cosmo-paper-vending-cups-73mm-diameter-box-of-1000","title":"9oz Cosmo Paper Vending Cups - (Box of 1000)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Cosmo 9oz paper vending cup brings a striking purple and gold geometric design to your vending operation - a premium-looking cup that makes every hot drink feel a little more considered. Engineered for reliable, consistent dispensing in automated vending machines, with a PE lining for dependable heat resistance and leak protection across a full range of hot drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith a standard 73mm rim diameter, Cosmo cups are designed to fit most compatible vending machines - the same format as the UK's most widely used vending cup size. The smooth finish and tapered design feed cleanly through the carousel, reducing jams and minimising downtime. For best dispensing performance, allow the existing cups in the carousel to run out before loading a new batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBest-selling 9oz size - the UK standard for vending machines\u003cbr\u003e\n73mm rim diameter - compatible with most standard UK vending systems\u003cbr\u003e\nPE-lined for excellent leak resistance and heat protection\u003cbr\u003e\nSmooth finish and tapered design for effortless, consistent dispensing\u003cbr\u003e\nHigh-quality paperboard construction for reliable insulation\u003cbr\u003e\nStriking purple and gold geometric design - distinctive, premium finish\u003cbr\u003e\nReduces jams and downtime in automated vending machines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e📦 Box of 1000 cups\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is a standard vending cup in the UK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 9oz paper cup with a 73mm rim diameter is the UK standard for automated vending machines. It fits most machines used in offices, canteens, and public spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups come in a box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach box contains 1000 cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Cosmo vending cups compatible with my machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCosmo 9oz cups have a standard 73mm rim diameter and are designed to fit most compatible vending machines. If you're unsure, send us a photo of your current cups and we'll help confirm compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I load Cosmo cups into my vending machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor best dispensing performance, allow the existing cups in the carousel to run out before loading a new batch of Cosmo cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order vending cups in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Cosmo 9oz vending cups are available in boxes of 1000 from Vending Superstore. Contact us for pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GM Packaging","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55767979360641,"sku":"GM -202891","price":27.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/gmpackcosmo1.webp?v=1780648736"},{"product_id":"oatly-barista-edition-oat-drink-1l","title":"Oatly Barista Edition Oat Drink - 1L - Pack of 6","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOatly Barista Edition Oat Drink is supplied in a 1L carton and is specifically formulated for use in coffee and hot drinks. Unlike standard oat drinks, the Barista Edition is designed to steam and froth, making it a practical choice for cafés, coffee shops, hotels and hospitality kitchens looking for a reliable dairy-free milk alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach carton contains 1 litre of oat drink made with 10% oats, rapeseed oil and a blend of minerals and vitamins.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoffee shops and cafés serving dairy-free options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels, restaurants and hospitality kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace kitchens and catering operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers stocking barista oat milk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarista-formulated to steam and froth for coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1L carton format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegetarians\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains 10% oats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree from added sugars (contains naturally occurring sugars)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFortified with calcium, vitamin D2, riboflavin and B12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWater, OATS 10%, rapeseed oil, acidity regulator (dipotassium phosphate), minerals (calcium carbonate, potassium iodide), salt, vitamins (D2, riboflavin, B12).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContains: OATS.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor allergen and ingredient queries, always refer to the product label before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegetarians: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegans: \u003cem\u003eCheck product label\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: \u003cem\u003eContains oats – check product label for gluten-free suitability\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: \u003cem\u003eCheck product data\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: \u003cem\u003eCheck product label\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCheck product label for storage instructions and best before information.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Oatly Barista Edition Oat Drink?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOatly Barista Edition is a plant-based oat drink in a 1L carton, formulated specifically to steam and froth for use in coffee and hot drinks. It is widely used in cafés, coffee shops and hospitality settings as a dairy-free milk alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the contents of Oatly Barista Edition Oat Drink 1L?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 1L carton contains: Water, OATS 10%, rapeseed oil, acidity regulator (dipotassium phosphate), minerals (calcium carbonate, potassium iodide), salt, vitamins (D2, riboflavin, B12).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Oatly Barista Edition gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOatly Barista Edition contains oats. Oats are naturally gluten-free but can be subject to cross-contamination. Please check the product label for specific gluten-free certification before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Oatly Barista Edition contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe listed ingredients do not include nuts, but we recommend checking the product label for full allergen and cross-contamination information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Oatly Barista Edition halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHalal certification status is not confirmed in our current product data. Please check the product label or contact Oatly directly for confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Oatly Barista Edition vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ingredients do not include animal-derived ingredients, but vegan suitability is not confirmed in our current product data. Please check the product label for confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Oatly Barista Edition Oat Drink?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOatly Barista Edition 1L is available here at Vending Superstore, supplying cafés, hospitality businesses and trade buyers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy Oatly Barista Edition in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Vending Superstore supplies Oatly Barista Edition to trade and hospitality customers. Contact us for bulk order enquiries.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oatly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55787482841473,"sku":"OAT-008658","price":12.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/OAT1.webp?v=1781077442"},{"product_id":"taking-the-pea-wacky-wasabi-crunchy-coated-peas-125g-box-of-7","title":"Taking The Pea Wacky Wasabi Crunchy Coated Peas - 125g (Box of 7)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTaking The Pea Wacky Wasabi Crunchy Coated Peas are supplied as a box of 7 x 125g bags. Made from British grown marrowfat green peas with a bold wasabi flavour, these crunchy coated peas are a distinctive snack option for cafés, hospitality venues, workplace snack ranges and trade buyers looking for something a little different.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bag contains under 100 kcal per portion, making them a lighter alternative to nuts and crisps without compromising on flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops looking for on-trend snack options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering snack ranges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace kitchens and vending selections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers stocking vegan-friendly snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetailers seeking British-made, plant-based snack lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 7 x 125g bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from British grown peas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource of fibre and protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLess fat than nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder 100 kcal per portion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDried marrowfat green peas (74%), starch, sunflower oil, sugar, salt, wasabi powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor allergen and cross-contamination information, always refer to the product label before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegans: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegetarians: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: \u003cem\u003eCheck product label\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: \u003cem\u003eCheck product data\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: \u003cem\u003eCheck product label – no nuts listed in ingredients\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCheck product label for storage instructions and best before information.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Taking The Pea Wacky Wasabi Crunchy Coated Peas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are crunchy coated marrowfat green peas with a wasabi flavour, made from British grown peas. Supplied in 125g bags as a box of 7, they are a vegan-friendly snack suitable for cafés, hospitality and workplace settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the ingredients in Taking The Pea Wacky Wasabi Coated Peas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDried marrowfat green peas (74%), starch, sunflower oil, sugar, salt, wasabi powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Taking The Pea Wacky Wasabi Coated Peas gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGluten-free suitability is not confirmed in our current product data. Please check the product label before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Taking The Pea Wacky Wasabi Coated Peas contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNuts are not listed in the ingredients. However, we recommend checking the product label for full allergen and cross-contamination information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Taking The Pea Wacky Wasabi Coated Peas halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHalal certification is not confirmed in our current product data. Please check the product label or contact Taking The Pea directly for confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Taking The Pea Wacky Wasabi Coated Peas vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, Taking The Pea Wacky Wasabi Coated Peas are vegan friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Taking The Pea Wacky Wasabi Coated Peas in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTaking The Pea Wacky Wasabi Crunchy Coated Peas are available here at Vending Superstore as a box of 7 x 125g bags, supplied to cafés, hospitality businesses and trade buyers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taking The Pea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55787577770369,"sku":"VEN-2165090","price":16.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/2_900x_21993a50-a92b-4ed2-a573-becac2cc12a7.png?v=1781792618"},{"product_id":"taking-the-pea-cheesy-onion-crunchy-coated-peas-125g-box-of-7","title":"Taking The Pea Cheesy \u0026 Onion Crunchy Coated Peas - 125g (Box of 7)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTaking The Pea Cheesy \u0026amp; Onion Crunchy Coated Peas are supplied as a box of 7 x 125g bags. Made from British grown marrowfat green peas with a cheesy onion seasoning, these crunchy coated peas offer a familiar flavour in a lighter, plant-based format. A practical snack option for cafés, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and trade buyers looking to stock vegan-friendly snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bag contains under 100 kcal per portion and less fat than nuts, making them a solid alternative to standard crisps and snack nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops looking for vegan snack options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering snack ranges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace kitchens and vending selections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers stocking plant-based snack lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetailers seeking British-made, lower-calorie snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 7 x 125g bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from British grown peas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource of fibre and protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLess fat than nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder 100 kcal per portion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDried marrowfat green peas, starch, sunflower oil, sugar, seasoning (sunflower oil powder, natural flavours, onion powder, sugar, salt, yeast extract, flavouring), salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor allergen and cross-contamination information, always refer to the product label before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegans: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegetarians: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: \u003cem\u003eCheck product label\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: \u003cem\u003eCheck product data\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: \u003cem\u003eCheck product label – no nuts listed in ingredients\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCheck product label for storage instructions and best before information.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Taking The Pea Cheesy \u0026amp; Onion Crunchy Coated Peas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are crunchy coated marrowfat green peas with a cheesy onion seasoning, made from British grown peas. Supplied in 125g bags as a box of 7, they are a vegan-friendly snack suitable for cafés, hospitality and workplace settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the ingredients in Taking The Pea Cheesy \u0026amp; Onion Coated Peas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDried marrowfat green peas, starch, sunflower oil, sugar, seasoning (sunflower oil powder, natural flavours, onion powder, sugar, salt, yeast extract, flavouring), salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Taking The Pea Cheesy \u0026amp; Onion Coated Peas gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGluten-free suitability is not confirmed in our current product data. Please check the product label before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Taking The Pea Cheesy \u0026amp; Onion Coated Peas contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNuts are not listed in the ingredients. However, we recommend checking the product label for full allergen and cross-contamination information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Taking The Pea Cheesy \u0026amp; Onion Coated Peas halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHalal certification is not confirmed in our current product data. Please check the product label or contact Taking The Pea directly for confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Taking The Pea Cheesy \u0026amp; Onion Coated Peas vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, Taking The Pea Cheesy \u0026amp; Onion Crunchy Coated Peas are vegan friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Taking The Pea Cheesy \u0026amp; Onion Coated Peas in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTaking The Pea Cheesy \u0026amp; Onion Crunchy Coated Peas are available here at Vending Superstore as a box of 7 x 125g bags, supplied to cafés, hospitality businesses and trade buyers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taking The Pea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55787885101441,"sku":"TAK-327513","price":16.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/17_900x_d2890009-1768-43be-905a-7f830f6af920.png?v=1781792536"},{"product_id":"taking-the-pea-sweet-chilli-crunchy-coated-peas-125g-box-of-7","title":"Taking The Pea Sweet Chilli Crunchy Coated Peas - 125g (Box of 7)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTaking The Pea Sweet Chilli Crunchy Coated Peas are supplied as a box of 7 x 125g bags. Made from British grown marrowfat green peas with a sweet chilli seasoning, these crunchy coated peas offer a popular flavour combination in a lighter, pea-based snack format. A practical option for cafés, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and trade buyers looking to add variety to their snack range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bag contains under 100 kcal per portion and less fat than nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops looking for on-trend savoury snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering snack ranges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace kitchens and vending selections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers stocking British-made snack lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetailers seeking lower-calorie alternatives to crisps and nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 7 x 125g bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from British grown peas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource of fibre and protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLess fat than nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder 100 kcal per portion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDried marrowfat green peas, starch, sunflower oil, sugar, seasoning (sugar, chilli powder, salt, yeast extract, onion powder, tomato powder, garlic powder, chive flakes, basil powder, colour: paprika extract), salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor allergen and cross-contamination information, always refer to the product label before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegans: Listed as vegan friendly by the brand – check product label to confirm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegetarians: Check product label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: \u003cem\u003eCheck product label – no gluten-containing ingredients listed\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: \u003cem\u003eCheck product data\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: \u003cem\u003eCheck product label – no nuts listed in ingredients\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCheck product label for storage instructions and best before information.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Taking The Pea Sweet Chilli Crunchy Coated Peas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are crunchy coated marrowfat green peas with a sweet chilli seasoning, made from British grown peas. Supplied in 125g bags as a box of 7, they are a savoury snack option for cafés, hospitality and workplace settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the ingredients in Taking The Pea Sweet Chilli Coated Peas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDried marrowfat green peas, starch, sunflower oil, sugar, seasoning (sugar, chilli powder, salt, yeast extract, onion powder, tomato powder, garlic powder, chive flakes, basil powder, colour: paprika extract), salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Taking The Pea Sweet Chilli Coated Peas gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are listed. However, please check the product label for gluten-free certification and cross-contamination information before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Taking The Pea Sweet Chilli Coated Peas contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNuts are not listed in the ingredients. However, we recommend checking the product label for full allergen and cross-contamination information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Taking The Pea Sweet Chilli Coated Peas halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHalal certification is not confirmed in our current product data. Please check the product label or contact Taking The Pea directly for confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Taking The Pea Sweet Chilli Coated Peas vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe brand lists this product as vegan friendly. We recommend checking the product label to confirm suitability for your requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Taking The Pea Sweet Chilli Coated Peas in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTaking The Pea Sweet Chilli Crunchy Coated Peas are available here at Vending Superstore as a box of 7 x 125g bags, supplied to cafés, hospitality businesses and trade buyers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taking The Pea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55787983405441,"sku":"TAK-4455535","price":16.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/TTP_-_125g_-_Chilli_1_copy.png?v=1781089367"},{"product_id":"taking-the-pea-smoked-ham-crunchy-coated-peas-125g-box-of-7","title":"Taking The Pea Smoked Ham Crunchy Coated Peas - 125g (Box of 7)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTaking The Pea Smoked Ham Crunchy Coated Peas are supplied as a box of 7 x 125g bags. Made from British grown marrowfat green peas with a smoky ham seasoning, these crunchy coated peas deliver a bold savoury flavour in a lighter snack format. A practical choice for cafés, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and trade buyers looking to broaden their snack range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bag contains under 100 kcal per portion and less fat than nuts. Please note this product contains soya and gluten — see allergen information below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops looking for distinctive savoury snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering snack ranges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace kitchens and vending selections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers stocking British-made snack lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetailers seeking lower-calorie alternatives to crisps and nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 7 x 125g bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from British grown peas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSource of fibre and protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLess fat than nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder 100 kcal per portion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDried marrowfat green peas (71%), starch, sunflower oil, sugar, seasoning (salt, sugar, soy sauce powder (\u003cstrong\u003eSOYA\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eGLUTEN\u003c\/strong\u003e), yeast extract, onion powder, garlic powder, black pepper, cinnamon, colour: paprika extract), salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContains: SOYA, GLUTEN.\u003c\/strong\u003e For allergens see ingredients in bold. Always refer to the product label before use for full allergen and cross-contamination information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegans: Listed as vegan friendly by the brand – check product label to confirm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegetarians: Check product label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: No – contains gluten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: \u003cem\u003eCheck product data\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: \u003cem\u003eCheck product label – no nuts listed in ingredients\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCheck product label for storage instructions and best before information.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Taking The Pea Smoked Ham Crunchy Coated Peas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are crunchy coated marrowfat green peas with a smoky ham seasoning, made from British grown peas. Supplied in 125g bags as a box of 7, they are a savoury snack option for cafés, hospitality and workplace settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the ingredients in Taking The Pea Smoked Ham Coated Peas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDried marrowfat green peas (71%), starch, sunflower oil, sugar, seasoning (salt, sugar, soy sauce powder (SOYA, GLUTEN), yeast extract, onion powder, garlic powder, black pepper, cinnamon, colour: paprika extract), salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Taking The Pea Smoked Ham Coated Peas gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This product contains gluten via soy sauce powder. It is not suitable for those requiring a gluten-free diet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Taking The Pea Smoked Ham Coated Peas contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNuts are not listed in the ingredients. However, we recommend checking the product label for full allergen and cross-contamination information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Taking The Pea Smoked Ham Coated Peas halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHalal certification is not confirmed in our current product data. Please check the product label or contact Taking The Pea directly for confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Taking The Pea Smoked Ham Coated Peas vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe brand lists this product as vegan friendly. The smoked ham flavour is derived from seasoning rather than meat. We recommend checking the product label to confirm suitability for your requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Taking The Pea Smoked Ham Coated Peas in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTaking The Pea Smoked Ham Crunchy Coated Peas are available here at Vending Superstore as a box of 7 x 125g bags, supplied to cafés, hospitality businesses and trade buyers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taking The Pea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55788042224001,"sku":"TAK-0277831","price":16.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/7_900x_cd195e51-7d3f-4056-8182-af82893933b0.png?v=1781792577"},{"product_id":"trek-white-chocolate-raspberry-protein-flapjack-50g-box-of-16","title":"Trek White Chocolate \u0026 Raspberry Protein Flapjack 50g (Box of 16)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTrek White Chocolate \u0026amp; Raspberry Protein Flapjacks are supplied here as a box of 16 x 50g individually wrapped bars, making them a practical choice for vending machines, staff canteens, hospitality grab-and-go counters and catering operations. Each bar combines gluten free oats with plant-based soya protein crispies, a white chocolate flavour coating and a fruity hit from freeze-dried raspberries — a soft, satisfying snack with a subtle sweetness and gentle crunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eVending operators, workplace catering, hospitality and leisure venues, schools and colleges, and any trade buyer looking to stock a reliable better-for-you protein snack by the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 x 50g individually wrapped bars per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with gluten free oats (24%) and soya protein crispies (15%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite chocolate flavour coating (14%) with freeze-dried raspberries (1%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegetarians\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo artificial colours or flavours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSustainably sourced palm ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGluten free OATS (24%), Rice syrup, SOYA protein crispies (15%) (SOYA protein isolate, tapioca starch, salt), White chocolate flavour coating (14%) (sugar, vegetable fats (palm kernel*, palm*, shea), rice powder (dried rice syrup, rice starch, rice flour), natural flavouring, emulsifier: lecithins), Vegetable oils (rapeseed, palm*), SOYA flour, Sugar, Freeze dried raspberries (1%), Salt, Natural flavouring. *Sustainably sourced.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContains: Gluten Free Oats, Soya. May contain: peanuts, nuts and milk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegetarians: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: No — may contain milk; not certified dairy-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free oats used — not certified coeliac-safe, see allergen note above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No — may contain peanuts and nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Once opened, consume promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Trek White Chocolate \u0026amp; Raspberry Protein Flapjack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft oat-based protein bar made by Trek, using gluten free oats, soya protein crispies, a white chocolate flavour coating and freeze-dried raspberries. Each bar is 50g and provides a plant-based protein boost as a snack or quick breakfast.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 16 individually wrapped 50g bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Trek Protein Flapjacks gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are made with gluten free oats. However, the product may contain traces of other allergens — anyone with coeliac disease should review the full allergen information before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Trek Protein Flapjacks contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe bars may contain peanuts and nuts and are not suitable for anyone with a nut allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Trek Protein Flapjacks halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese bars are not certified halal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Trek Protein Flapjacks vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The product may contain milk and is not certified vegan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Trek Protein Flapjacks by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Trek White Chocolate \u0026amp; Raspberry Protein Flapjacks in full cases of 16, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TREK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55792385524097,"sku":"TRE-5048720","price":13.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/81QxvnleIbL._AC_SL1500.jpg?v=1781167369"},{"product_id":"trek-salted-caramel-protein-flapjack-50g-box-of-16","title":"Trek Salted Caramel Protein Flapjack 50g (Box of 16)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTrek Salted Caramel Protein Flapjacks are supplied here as a box of 16 x 50g individually wrapped bars, making them a practical choice for vending machines, staff canteens, hospitality grab-and-go counters and catering operations. Each bar is built on gluten free oats and plant-based soya protein crispies, finished with a salted caramel flavour topping — a soft, satisfying snack with a subtle sweetness and gentle crunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eVending operators, workplace catering, hospitality and leisure venues, schools and colleges, and any trade buyer looking to stock a reliable better-for-you protein snack by the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 x 50g individually wrapped bars per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with gluten free oats (26%) and soya protein crispies (16%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSalted caramel flavour topping (13%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegetarians\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo artificial colours or flavours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePalm oil from sustainable and certified plantations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGluten free OATS (26%), Rice syrup, SOYA protein crispies (16%) (SOYA protein isolate, tapioca starch, salt), Salted caramel flavour topping (13%) (vegetable oils (palm kernel, palm), sugar, rice powder (dried rice syrup, rice starch, rice flour), rice flour, fat-reduced cocoa powder, sea salt, natural flavouring, emulsifier: lecithins, colour: paprika extract), Vegetable oils (rapeseed, palm), Dark brown sugar, SOYA flour, Natural flavourings, Sea salt (0.4%), Salt. Palm oil from sustainable and certified plantations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContains: Gluten Free Oats, Soya. May contain: peanuts, nuts and milk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegetarians: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: No — may contain milk; not certified dairy-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free oats used — not certified coeliac-safe, see allergen note above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No — may contain peanuts and nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Once opened, consume promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Trek Salted Caramel Protein Flapjack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft oat-based protein bar made by Trek, using gluten free oats, soya protein crispies and a salted caramel flavour topping. Each bar is 50g and provides a plant-based protein boost as a snack or quick breakfast.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 16 individually wrapped 50g bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Trek Salted Caramel Protein Flapjacks gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are made with gluten free oats. However, the product may contain traces of other allergens — anyone with coeliac disease should review the full allergen information before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Trek Salted Caramel Protein Flapjacks contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe bars may contain peanuts and nuts and are not suitable for anyone with a nut allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Trek Salted Caramel Protein Flapjacks halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese bars are not certified halal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Trek Salted Caramel Protein Flapjacks vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The product may contain milk and is not certified vegan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Trek Salted Caramel Protein Flapjacks by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Trek Salted Caramel Protein Flapjacks in full cases of 16, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TREK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55792840966529,"sku":"TRE-2646559","price":13.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/81Ap_r151lL._AC_SL1500.jpg?v=1781168151"},{"product_id":"nakd-bakewell-tart-fruit-nut-bar-35g-box-of-18","title":"Nakd Bakewell Tart Fruit \u0026 Nut Bar 35g (Box of 18)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNakd Bakewell Tart Fruit \u0026amp; Nut Bars are supplied here as a box of 18 x 35g individually wrapped bars, making them a straightforward choice for vending machines, staff canteens, hospitality grab-and-go counters and catering operations. Each bar is made from just four ingredients — dates, cashews, raisins and natural flavouring — cold-pressed into a soft, chewy snack that delivers the classic Bakewell Tart flavour without any baking required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eVending operators, workplace catering, hospitality and leisure venues, schools and colleges, and any trade buyer looking to stock a naturally made, better-for-you snack by the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 x 35g individually wrapped bars per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJust four ingredients: dates (49%), cashews (35%), raisins (16%), natural flavouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan and gluten free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% natural — no added sugar, no artificial colours or flavours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegetarians\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDates (49%), CASHEWS (35%), Raisins (16%), Natural flavouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContains: Cashews. May contain traces of soya, peanuts, other nuts and the odd shell or pit piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegetarians: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: Yes — all ingredients are plant-based\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: Yes — no gluten-containing ingredients (note: may contain traces of other allergens, see above)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No — contains cashews and may contain other nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Once opened, consume promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Nakd Bakewell Tart bar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA cold-pressed fruit and nut bar made by Nakd, inspired by the classic British Bakewell Tart. It contains just dates, cashews, raisins and natural flavouring — nothing else. Each bar is 35g and is vegan, gluten free and 100% natural.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 18 individually wrapped 35g bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Nakd Bakewell Tart bars gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they contain no gluten ingredients. However, the product may contain traces of soya, peanuts and other nuts — check the full allergen information if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Nakd Bakewell Tart bars contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — cashews are a main ingredient (35%). The bars also may contain traces of peanuts and other nuts. Not suitable for anyone with a nut allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Nakd Bakewell Tart bars halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese bars are not certified halal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Nakd Bakewell Tart bars vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — all ingredients are plant-based and the bars are confirmed vegan friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Nakd Bakewell Tart bars by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Nakd Bakewell Tart bars in full cases of 18, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NAKD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55793154621825,"sku":"NAK-2356425","price":11.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/81_KtyOZvSL._AC_SL1500.jpg?v=1781170402"},{"product_id":"7oz-clear-plastic-disposable-water-cups-box-of-2000","title":"7oz Clear Plastic Disposable Water Cups - Box of 2000","description":"\u003cp\u003e7oz clear plastic disposable water cups supplied in a box of 2000, stacked in sleeves for easy dispensing and storage. A practical, high-volume bulk buy for offices, gyms, care homes, hospitals, factories and any setting where a reliable disposable cold drink cup is needed in quantity. Compatible with all standard 7oz water cooler cup dispensers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt Vending Superstore, we supply these cups at everyday low wholesale pricing — straightforward bulk ordering at competitive prices, with large stock volumes and fast UK delivery to keep your hydration stations stocked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 7oz \/ 200ml clear cups are made from food-grade polypropylene with a crystal-clear finish, giving a clean, hygienic appearance suited to customer-facing and staff-facing environments alike. The stackable design makes storage and restocking straightforward. A dependable everyday water cup for high-volume settings. Also available in blue tint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7oz \/ 200ml capacity — suitable for cold water service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal-clear finish — clean, hygienic appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from food-grade polypropylene (PP) — strong, lightweight and crack-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with all standard 7oz water cooler cup dispensers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisposable — no washing up required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStacked in sleeves for easy dispensing and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox of 2000 cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetitive wholesale pricing from Vending Superstore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Order from Vending Superstore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEveryday low wholesale pricing\u003c\/strong\u003e — competitive prices on every order, not just first-time purchases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBulk buying made easy\u003c\/strong\u003e — straightforward ordering in the quantities your business actually needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge stock volumes\u003c\/strong\u003e — reliable availability for regular, repeat orders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast UK delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e — prompt despatch to keep your hydration stations stocked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide range\u003c\/strong\u003e — we also stock blue tint plastic cups, paper water cups and aqueous lined alternatives alongside lids, sleeves and hot drink cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplaces\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for water coolers, meeting rooms, staff kitchens, reception desks and visitor drink stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGyms and leisure centres\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal beside water coolers, reception areas, changing rooms and fitness studios\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHospitals and healthcare settings\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for waiting areas, staff rooms, visitor refreshment points and general cold drink stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare homes\u003c\/strong\u003e — a practical option for resident lounges, visitor areas, activity rooms, dining areas and staff refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactories and warehouses\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for staff break areas, production-site water stations and high-volume workplace refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCar garages and showrooms\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for customer waiting areas, service desks and self-serve water coolers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchools and colleges\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for events, staff rooms, reception areas and water stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvents and conferences\u003c\/strong\u003e — a lightweight disposable cup for water stations, refreshment tables and registration areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHospitality and catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for buffets, breakfast areas, back-of-house use and customer refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 7oz \/ 200ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Food-grade polypropylene (PP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Fits all standard 7oz water cooler cup dispensers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox quantity: 2000 cups (stacked in sleeves)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Cold drinks only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: GM Packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture. Cups are stacked in sleeves for easy access and minimal storage space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these cups fit standard water coolers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These 7oz cups are compatible with all standard UK water cooler cup dispensers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups suitable for hot drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These cups are designed for cold water use only. For tea, coffee or hot chocolate, we recommend using dedicated hot drink cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese cups are made from polypropylene (PP), which is a recyclable plastic. Acceptance varies by local recycling centre — please check with your local council for the correct disposal route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the cups come individually wrapped?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The cups are stacked in sleeves, which is the standard format for use with water cooler dispensers and makes restocking straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 2000 cups, stacked in sleeves for easy handling and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you stock blue tint plastic water cups as well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — we stock both clear and blue tint 7oz plastic water cups. See our full range of water cups at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups suitable for care homes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These 7oz plastic water cups are suitable for care homes, including resident lounges, visitor areas, activity rooms, dining areas and staff refreshment points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups suitable for hospitals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are suitable for general cold drink service in waiting rooms, staff areas, visitor refreshment points and water cooler stations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GM Packaging","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55793933648257,"sku":"GM -8348757","price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/clearwate2r.png?v=1782643378"},{"product_id":"birchall-english-breakfast-envelope-tea-bags-box-of-25","title":"Birchall English Breakfast Individually Wrapped Envelope Tea Bags – 25 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBirchall English Breakfast Envelope Tea Bags are supplied here as a box of 25 individually wrapped bags, each with string and tag. A practical format for hotels, guesthouses, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and catering operations where a premium, presentation-ready tea is required. Birchall's English Breakfast blend is sourced entirely from estates across East Africa — from Rwanda through to Kenya's Rift Valley — and is both Fairtrade certified and Rainforest Alliance Certified™.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHotels, guesthouses and serviced accommodation, hospitality and foodservice operations, workplace and office kitchens, catering and events, and any setting where a quality individually wrapped tea bag is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags per box, each with string and tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBirchall English Breakfast blend — strong, bright and full-flavoured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSourced from East Africa (Rwanda to Kenya's Rift Valley)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFairtrade certified — traded in compliance with Fairtrade Standards, total 100%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRainforest Alliance Certified™\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 62.5g per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack tea.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergen information declared. Check product data if allergen confirmation is required for your setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: Yes — contains black tea only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetarian: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: No gluten-containing ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal — check product data if certification is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No nuts declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrewing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew time: 2 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew temperature: 100°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest served with milk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor best results, use filtered water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from strong aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Birchall English Breakfast tea bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA premium black tea blend created by Birchall, sourced from East African estates in Rwanda and Kenya's Rift Valley. Known for its exceptional brightness, golden colour and strong, refreshing flavour. Each bag is individually wrapped in an envelope with string and tag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags with string and tag. Net weight 62.5g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall English Breakfast tea bags gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are declared. If confirmation is required for a specific dietary or clinical setting, check the product packaging directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Birchall tea bags contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are declared in the ingredients. Check the packaging if allergen confirmation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall English Breakfast tea bags halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot certified halal. Check with Birchall directly if halal certification is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall English Breakfast tea bags vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the tea contains black tea only and is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Birchall English Breakfast tea bags by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Birchall English Breakfast Envelope Tea Bags in boxes of 25, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55804215001473,"sku":"BIR-3077048","price":2.89,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/w_1080_h_1080_fit_crop_0641c845-191b-4879-823b-42bd7e92e196.png?v=1782211791"},{"product_id":"birchall-decaffeinated-envelope-tea-bags-box-of-25","title":"Birchall Decaf Individually Wrapped Envelope Tea Bags – 25 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBirchall Decaffeinated Envelope Tea Bags are supplied here as a box of 25 individually wrapped bags, each with string and tag. A practical format for hotels, guesthouses, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and catering operations where a quality, caffeine-free option is required. Birchall's decaffeinated blend is sourced from estate-grown teas across East Africa and the Great Rift Valley, carefully decaffeinated to retain exceptional brightness, golden colour and full flavour. Caffeine content less than 0.2%.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHotels, guesthouses and serviced accommodation, hospitality and foodservice operations, workplace and office kitchens, healthcare settings, catering and events, and any setting where a presentation-ready decaffeinated tea bag is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags per box, each with string and tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBirchall decaffeinated breakfast blend — bright, golden and full-flavoured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaffeine content less than 0.2%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSourced from estate-grown teas across East Africa and the Great Rift Valley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRainforest Alliance Certified™ (minimum certified content 30%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbon neutral production — made in Birchall’s solar-powered tea factory, the first of its kind in the UK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTea bags and envelopes are biodegradable — suitable for food waste disposal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBox is fully recyclable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack tea* (100%). *Caffeine content less than 0.2%.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergen information declared. Check product packaging if allergen confirmation is required for your setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: Yes — contains black tea only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetarian: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: No gluten-containing ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal — check product data if certification is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No nuts declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaffeine free: Yes — caffeine content less than 0.2%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrewing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew temperature: 100°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew time: 2 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest served with milk or a slice of lemon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from strong aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Birchall Decaffeinated tea bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA caffeine-free breakfast blend made by Birchall, sourced from estate-grown teas across East Africa and the Great Rift Valley. Carefully decaffeinated to retain brightness and full flavour, with a caffeine content of less than 0.2%. Each bag is individually wrapped in a biodegradable envelope with string and tag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags with string and tag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Decaffeinated tea bags gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are declared. If confirmation is required for a specific dietary or clinical setting, check the product packaging directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Birchall Decaffeinated tea bags contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are declared in the ingredients. Check the packaging if allergen confirmation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Decaffeinated tea bags halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot certified halal. Check with Birchall directly if halal certification is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Decaffeinated tea bags vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the tea contains black tea only and is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the tea bags and packaging environmentally friendly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the tea bags and envelopes are biodegradable and can be disposed of in a food waste bin. The box is fully recyclable. Birchall’s tea is produced in a carbon neutral, solar-powered factory — the first of its kind in the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Birchall Decaffeinated tea bags by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Birchall Decaffeinated Envelope Tea Bags in boxes of 25, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55804246000001,"sku":"BIR-5381513","price":3.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/w_1080_h_1080_fit_crop_5e218274-5cab-4ecb-954b-0bf7a98db86c.png?v=1782208977"},{"product_id":"birchall-earl-grey-envelope-tea-bags-box-of-25","title":"Birchall Earl Grey Individually Wrapped Envelope Tea Bags – 25 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBirchall Earl Grey Envelope Tea Bags are supplied here as a box of 25 individually wrapped bags, each with string and tag. A practical format for hotels, guesthouses, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and catering operations where a quality, presentation-ready Earl Grey is required. Birchall's Earl Grey blend is sourced from estates across East Africa — from Rwanda through to Kenya's Great Rift Valley — and scented with natural bergamot flavour for a distinctive citrus character. Fairtrade certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHotels, guesthouses and serviced accommodation, hospitality and foodservice operations, workplace and office kitchens, catering and events, and any setting where a premium individually wrapped Earl Grey tea bag is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags per box, each with string and tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBirchall Earl Grey blend — bright, fragrant and scented with natural bergamot flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSourced from East Africa (Rwanda to Kenya's Great Rift Valley)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFairtrade certified — traded in compliance with Fairtrade Standards, total 99%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 62.5g per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack tea, natural bergamot flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergen information declared. Check product packaging if allergen confirmation is required for your setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: Yes — contains black tea and natural bergamot flavour only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetarian: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: No gluten-containing ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal — check product data if certification is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No nuts declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrewing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew temperature: 100°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew time: 2 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest served with or without milk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor best results, use filtered water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from strong aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Birchall Earl Grey tea bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA scented black tea blend made by Birchall, sourced from East African estates and flavoured with natural bergamot for a bright, citrus character. Each bag is individually wrapped in an envelope with string and tag. Fairtrade certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags with string and tag. Net weight 62.5g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Earl Grey tea bags gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are declared. If confirmation is required for a specific dietary or clinical setting, check the product packaging directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Birchall Earl Grey tea bags contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are declared in the ingredients. Check the packaging if allergen confirmation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Earl Grey tea bags halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot certified halal. Check with Birchall directly if halal certification is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Earl Grey tea bags vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the tea contains black tea and natural bergamot flavour only and is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Birchall Earl Grey tea bags by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Birchall Earl Grey Envelope Tea Bags in boxes of 25, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55804256846209,"sku":"BIR-770861","price":3.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/w_1080_h_1080_fit_crop_48a55951-bf6c-41d0-a10d-1bb28f89ac76.png?v=1782211646"},{"product_id":"birchall-green-tea-envelope-tea-bags-box-of-25","title":"Birchall Green Tea Individually Wrapped Envelope Tea Bags – 25 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBirchall Green Tea Envelope Tea Bags are supplied here as a box of 25 individually wrapped bags, each with string and tag. A practical format for hotels, guesthouses, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and catering operations where a quality, presentation-ready green tea is required. Birchall's green tea is a pure green tea sourced from China, where the finest green teas are found, producing a smooth, fragrant and clear-tasting cup. Rich in antioxidants and lower in caffeine than black tea. Fairtrade certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHotels, guesthouses and serviced accommodation, hospitality and foodservice operations, workplace and office kitchens, catering and events, and any setting where a premium individually wrapped green tea bag is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags per box, each with string and tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePure green tea sourced from China\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth, fragrant and clear-tasting — rich in antioxidants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower in caffeine than black tea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFairtrade certified — traded in compliance with Fairtrade Standards, total 100%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 62.5g per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGreen tea (100%).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergen information declared. Check product packaging if allergen confirmation is required for your setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: Yes — contains green tea only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetarian: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: No gluten-containing ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal — check product data if certification is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No nuts declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrewing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew temperature: 80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew time: 3 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor best results, use filtered water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from strong aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Birchall Green Tea bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA pure green tea made by Birchall, sourced from China for a smooth, fragrant and clear-tasting cup. Rich in antioxidants and lower in caffeine than black tea. Each bag is individually wrapped in an envelope with string and tag. Fairtrade certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags with string and tag. Net weight 62.5g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Green Tea bags gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are declared. If confirmation is required for a specific dietary or clinical setting, check the product packaging directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Birchall Green Tea bags contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are declared in the ingredients. Check the packaging if allergen confirmation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Green Tea bags halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot certified halal. Check with Birchall directly if halal certification is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Green Tea bags vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the tea contains green tea only and is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Birchall Green Tea bags by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Birchall Green Tea Envelope Tea Bags in boxes of 25, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55804373795201,"sku":"BIR-6785922","price":3.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/w_1080_h_1080_fit_crop_a217abc3-6e57-4358-bf18-6ad94b6975be.png?v=1782211580"},{"product_id":"birchall-chai-tea-envelope-tea-bags-box-of-25","title":"Birchall Chai Tea Individually Wrapped Envelope Tea Bags – 25 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBirchall Green Tea Envelope Tea Bags are supplied here as a box of 25 individually wrapped bags, each with string and tag. A practical format for hotels, guesthouses, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and catering operations where a quality, presentation-ready green tea is required. Birchall's green tea is a pure green tea sourced from China, where the finest green teas are found, producing a smooth, fragrant and clear-tasting cup. Rich in antioxidants and lower in caffeine than black tea. Fairtrade certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHotels, guesthouses and serviced accommodation, hospitality and foodservice operations, workplace and office kitchens, catering and events, and any setting where a premium individually wrapped green tea bag is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags per box, each with string and tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePure green tea sourced from China\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth, fragrant and clear-tasting — rich in antioxidants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower in caffeine than black tea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFairtrade certified — traded in compliance with Fairtrade Standards, total 100%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 62.5g per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGreen tea (100%).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergen information declared. Check product packaging if allergen confirmation is required for your setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: Yes — contains green tea only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetarian: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: No gluten-containing ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal — check product data if certification is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No nuts declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrewing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew temperature: 80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew time: 3 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor best results, use filtered water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from strong aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Birchall Green Tea bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA pure green tea made by Birchall, sourced from China for a smooth, fragrant and clear-tasting cup. Rich in antioxidants and lower in caffeine than black tea. Each bag is individually wrapped in an envelope with string and tag. Fairtrade certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags with string and tag. Net weight 62.5g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Green Tea bags gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are declared. If confirmation is required for a specific dietary or clinical setting, check the product packaging directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Birchall Green Tea bags contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are declared in the ingredients. Check the packaging if allergen confirmation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Green Tea bags halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot certified halal. Check with Birchall directly if halal certification is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Green Tea bags vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the tea contains green tea only and is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Birchall Green Tea bags by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Birchall Green Tea Envelope Tea Bags in boxes of 25, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55804440772993,"sku":"BIR-3739351","price":3.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/w_1080_h_1080_fit_crop_1de2da59-9b79-43b1-962e-aebfedf3b08f.png?v=1782211263"},{"product_id":"birchall-green-tea-peach-envelope-tea-bags-box-of-25","title":"Birchall Green Tea \u0026 Peach Individually Wrapped Envelope Tea Bags – 25 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBirchall Green Tea \u0026amp; Peach Envelope Tea Bags are supplied here as a box of 25 individually wrapped bags, each with string and tag. A practical format for hotels, guesthouses, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and catering operations where a fruity, presentation-ready speciality tea is required. Birchall's Green Tea \u0026amp; Peach blends Chinese green tea with natural peach flavouring, peach juice granules and marigold flowers, producing a sweet, fragrant infusion with a deep yellow colour and smooth, rounded finish. Rich in antioxidants and suitable for enjoying throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHotels, guesthouses and serviced accommodation, hospitality and foodservice operations, workplace and office kitchens, catering and events, and any setting where a premium individually wrapped fruit tea bag is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags per box, each with string and tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChinese green tea blended with natural peach flavouring, peach juice granules and marigold flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSweet, fruity and fragrant — smooth, light and rounded with delicate floral notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich in antioxidants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 62.5g per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen tea, natural flavouring, peach juice granules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo allergen information declared. Check product packaging if allergen confirmation is required for your setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: Yes — no animal-derived ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetarian: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: No gluten-containing ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal — check product data if certification is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No nuts declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrewing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew temperature: 80°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew time: 3 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor best results, use filtered water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from strong aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Birchall Green Tea \u0026amp; Peach bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA scented green tea made by Birchall, blending Chinese green tea with natural peach flavouring, peach juice granules and marigold flowers. Sweet, fruity and fragrant with a smooth, light finish. Rich in antioxidants. Each bag is individually wrapped in an envelope with string and tag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags with string and tag. Net weight 62.5g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Green Tea \u0026amp; Peach bags gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are declared. If confirmation is required for a specific dietary or clinical setting, check the product packaging directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Birchall Green Tea \u0026amp; Peach bags contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are declared in the ingredients. Check the packaging if allergen confirmation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Green Tea \u0026amp; Peach bags halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot certified halal. Check with Birchall directly if halal certification is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Green Tea \u0026amp; Peach bags vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, no animal-derived ingredients are declared and the tea is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Birchall Green Tea \u0026amp; Peach bags by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Birchall Green Tea \u0026amp; Peach Envelope Tea Bags in boxes of 25, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55804455125377,"sku":"BIR-5651722","price":3.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/w_1080_h_1080_fit_crop_1428600b-8839-4355-a28b-85bc23e05ac6.png?v=1782211506"},{"product_id":"birchall-tea-individually-wrapped-red-berry-flower-envelope-tea-bags-box-of-25","title":"Birchall Red Berry \u0026 Flower Individually Wrapped Envelope Tea Bags – 25 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBirchall Red Berry \u0026amp; Flower Envelope Tea Bags are supplied here as a box of 25 individually wrapped bags, each with string and tag. A practical format for hotels, guesthouses, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and catering operations where a quality, presentation-ready fruit infusion is required. This naturally caffeine-free blend combines hibiscus, blackcurrants, apple, beetroot and liquorice to produce a deep ruby-red liquor with an intense, fruity flavour and a lush, candied aroma. Rich in antioxidants and suitable for enjoying at any time of day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHotels, guesthouses and serviced accommodation, hospitality and foodservice operations, workplace and office kitchens, catering and events, and any setting where a premium individually wrapped caffeine-free fruit infusion is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags per box, each with string and tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally caffeine free fruit infusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlended with hibiscus, blackcurrants, apple, beetroot and liquorice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep ruby-red liquor with an intense, fruity flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich in antioxidants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 62.5g per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eApple, hibiscus, natural flavouring, beetroot, liquorice, blackcurrants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergen information declared. Check product packaging if allergen confirmation is required for your setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: Yes — no animal-derived ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetarian: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: No gluten-containing ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaffeine free: Yes — naturally caffeine free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal — check product data if certification is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No nuts declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrewing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew temperature: 100°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew time: 3 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor best results, use filtered water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from strong aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Birchall Red Berry \u0026amp; Flower bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA naturally caffeine-free fruit infusion made by Birchall, blending hibiscus, blackcurrants, apple, beetroot and liquorice. Produces a deep ruby-red liquor with an intense fruity flavour and rich antioxidant content. Each bag is individually wrapped in an envelope with string and tag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags with string and tag. Net weight 62.5g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Red Berry \u0026amp; Flower bags gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are declared. If confirmation is required for a specific dietary or clinical setting, check the product packaging directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Birchall Red Berry \u0026amp; Flower bags contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are declared in the ingredients. Check the packaging if allergen confirmation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Red Berry \u0026amp; Flower bags halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot certified halal. Check with Birchall directly if halal certification is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Red Berry \u0026amp; Flower bags vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — no animal-derived ingredients are declared and the infusion is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Red Berry \u0026amp; Flower bags caffeine free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — this is a naturally caffeine-free fruit infusion, suitable for enjoying at any time of day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Birchall Red Berry \u0026amp; Flower bags by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Birchall Red Berry \u0026amp; Flower Envelope Tea Bags in boxes of 25, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810287796609,"sku":"BIR-3138056","price":3.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/w_1080_h_1080_fit_crop_330cae0f-5a78-4a80-8eaf-f5e34bc6a099.png?v=1782208768"},{"product_id":"birchall-tea-individually-wrapped-camomile-envelope-tea-bags-box-of-25","title":"Birchall Camomile Individually Wrapped Envelope Tea Bags – 25 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBirchall Camomile Envelope Tea Bags are supplied here as a box of 25 individually wrapped bags, each with string and tag. A practical format for hotels, guesthouses, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and catering operations where a quality, presentation-ready herbal infusion is required. Birchall's camomile is made from whole camomile flowers, producing a clear yellow infusion with gentle apple notes and a smooth, mellow, sweet taste. Naturally caffeine free and Fairtrade certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHotels, guesthouses and serviced accommodation, hospitality and foodservice operations, workplace and office kitchens, catering and events, healthcare settings, and any setting where a premium individually wrapped caffeine-free herbal infusion is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags per box, each with string and tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePure whole camomile flowers — single ingredient herbal infusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally caffeine free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear yellow infusion with gentle apple notes and a mellow, sweet taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFairtrade certified — traded in compliance with Fairtrade Standards, total 100%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 37.5g per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCamomile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergen information declared. Check product packaging if allergen confirmation is required for your setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: Yes — contains camomile only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetarian: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: No gluten-containing ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaffeine free: Yes — naturally caffeine free herbal infusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal — check product data if certification is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No nuts declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrewing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew temperature: 100°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew time: 3 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor best results, use filtered water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from strong aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Birchall Camomile tea bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA pure herbal infusion made by Birchall using whole camomile flowers. Naturally caffeine free, with a clear yellow liquor, gentle apple notes and a smooth, mellow sweetness. Each bag is individually wrapped in an envelope with string and tag. Fairtrade certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags with string and tag. Net weight 37.5g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Camomile tea bags gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are declared. If confirmation is required for a specific dietary or clinical setting, check the product packaging directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Birchall Camomile tea bags contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are declared in the ingredients. Check the packaging if allergen confirmation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Camomile tea bags halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot certified halal. Check with Birchall directly if halal certification is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Camomile tea bags vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the infusion contains camomile only and is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Camomile tea bags caffeine free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — camomile is a naturally caffeine-free herbal infusion, suitable for enjoying at any time of day including in the evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Birchall Camomile tea bags by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Birchall Camomile Envelope Tea Bags in boxes of 25, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810325447041,"sku":"BIR-3218994","price":3.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/w_1080_h_1080_fit_crop_556abb0c-c79f-4d68-9d39-16cb11456dbf.png?v=1782211724"},{"product_id":"birchall-peppermint-envelope-tea-bags-box-of-25","title":"Birchall Peppermint Individually Wrapped Envelope Tea Bags – 25 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBirchall Peppermint Envelope Tea Bags are supplied here as a box of 25 individually wrapped bags, each with string and tag. A practical format for hotels, guesthouses, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and catering operations where a quality, presentation-ready herbal infusion is required. Birchall's peppermint is made from whole peppermint leaves only, producing a deep amber infusion with a vibrant, awakening aroma and a cool, clean minty taste. Naturally caffeine free and well suited as an after-dinner option or for refreshment at any time of day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHotels, guesthouses and serviced accommodation, hospitality and foodservice operations, workplace and office kitchens, restaurant and catering settings, and any venue looking to offer a premium individually wrapped caffeine-free herbal option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags per box, each with string and tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePure whole peppermint leaves — single ingredient herbal infusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally caffeine free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep amber infusion with a cool, minty taste and vibrant aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraditionally acknowledged to aid digestion — ideal as an after-dinner digestif\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 50g per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePeppermint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergen information declared. Check product packaging if allergen confirmation is required for your setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: Yes — contains peppermint only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetarian: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: No gluten-containing ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaffeine free: Yes — naturally caffeine free herbal infusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal — check product data if certification is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No nuts declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrewing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew temperature: 100°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew time: 3 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor best results, use filtered water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from strong aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Birchall Peppermint tea bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA pure herbal infusion made by Birchall using whole peppermint leaves. Naturally caffeine free, with a deep amber liquor, vibrant minty aroma and cool, clean taste. Traditionally acknowledged to aid digestion, making it a popular after-dinner choice. Each bag is individually wrapped in an envelope with string and tag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags with string and tag. Net weight 50g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Peppermint tea bags gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are declared. If confirmation is required for a specific dietary or clinical setting, check the product packaging directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Birchall Peppermint tea bags contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are declared in the ingredients. Check the packaging if allergen confirmation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Peppermint tea bags halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot certified halal. Check with Birchall directly if halal certification is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Peppermint tea bags vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the infusion contains peppermint only and is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Peppermint tea bags caffeine free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — peppermint is a naturally caffeine-free herbal infusion, suitable for enjoying at any time of day including after dinner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Birchall Peppermint tea bags by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Birchall Peppermint Envelope Tea Bags in boxes of 25, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810818834817,"sku":"BIR-5247332","price":3.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/w_1080_h_1080_fit_crop_91a49e65-27d3-42e5-804e-7f33b356a037.png?v=1782211345"},{"product_id":"birchall-tea-individually-wrapped-lemongrass-ginger-envelope-tea-bags-box-of-25","title":"Birchall Lemongrass \u0026 Ginger Individually Wrapped Envelope Tea Bags – 25 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBirchall Lemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger Envelope Tea Bags are supplied here as a box of 25 individually wrapped bags, each with string and tag. A practical format for hotels, guesthouses, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and catering operations where a quality, presentation-ready herbal infusion is required. This naturally caffeine-free blend combines lemongrass, ginger root, liquorice root, turmeric, lemon peel and natural flavouring to produce a light yellow liquor with a woody citrus aroma and a lively, warming character. Suitable for enjoying throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHotels, guesthouses and serviced accommodation, hospitality and foodservice operations, workplace and office kitchens, catering and events, and any setting where a premium individually wrapped caffeine-free herbal infusion is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags per box, each with string and tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally caffeine free herbal infusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlended with lemongrass, ginger root, liquorice root, turmeric, lemon peel and natural flavouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight yellow liquor with a woody citrus aroma and warming, zesty taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGinger root traditionally acknowledged to support digestion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 62.5g per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLemongrass, ginger root, liquorice root, turmeric, natural flavouring, lemon peel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergen information declared. Check product packaging if allergen confirmation is required for your setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: Yes — no animal-derived ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetarian: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: No gluten-containing ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaffeine free: Yes — naturally caffeine free herbal infusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal — check product data if certification is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No nuts declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrewing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew temperature: 100°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew time: 3 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor best results, use filtered water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from strong aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Birchall Lemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger tea bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA naturally caffeine-free herbal infusion made by Birchall, blending lemongrass, ginger root, liquorice root, turmeric, lemon peel and natural flavouring. Produces a light yellow liquor with a woody citrus aroma and a lively, warming, zesty taste. Each bag is individually wrapped in an envelope with string and tag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags with string and tag. Net weight 62.5g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Lemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger tea bags gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are declared. If confirmation is required for a specific dietary or clinical setting, check the product packaging directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Birchall Lemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger tea bags contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are declared in the ingredients. Check the packaging if allergen confirmation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Lemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger tea bags halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot certified halal. Check with Birchall directly if halal certification is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Lemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger tea bags vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — no animal-derived ingredients are declared and the infusion is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Lemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger tea bags caffeine free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — this is a naturally caffeine-free herbal infusion, suitable for enjoying at any time of day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Birchall Lemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger tea bags by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Birchall Lemongrass \u0026amp; Ginger Envelope Tea Bags in boxes of 25, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810864873857,"sku":"BIR-4522847","price":3.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/w_1080_h_1080_fit_crop_6f893e49-015f-411e-b830-739ae36ba85b.png?v=1782211439"},{"product_id":"birchall-tea-individually-wrapped-redbush-envelope-tea-bags-box-of-25","title":"Birchall Redbush Individually Wrapped Envelope Tea Bags – 25 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBirchall Redbush Envelope Tea Bags are supplied here as a box of 25 individually wrapped bags, each with string and tag. A practical format for hotels, guesthouses, hospitality venues, workplace kitchens and catering operations where a quality, presentation-ready caffeine-free option is required. Birchall's Cederberg Redbush is a single origin rooibos sourced from the Cederberg Mountains in South Africa's West Cape Province, producing a deep red infusion with a soothing aroma and a clear, naturally sweet taste. Naturally caffeine free and a popular alternative for guests looking to reduce their caffeine intake.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHotels, guesthouses and serviced accommodation, hospitality and foodservice operations, workplace and office kitchens, healthcare settings, catering and events, and any setting where a premium individually wrapped caffeine-free alternative to black tea is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags per box, each with string and tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle origin rooibos (redbush) from the Cederberg Mountains, South Africa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally caffeine free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep red infusion with a soothing aroma and naturally sweet taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle ingredient — rooibos only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 50g per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRooibos.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergen information declared. Check product packaging if allergen confirmation is required for your setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary \u0026amp; Lifestyle Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan: Yes — contains rooibos only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetarian: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free: No gluten-containing ingredients declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaffeine free: Yes — naturally caffeine free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalal: Not certified halal — check product data if certification is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNut free: No nuts declared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrewing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew temperature: 100°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrew time: 3 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be enjoyed with or without milk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor best results, use filtered water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from strong aromas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Birchall Redbush tea bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA single origin rooibos (redbush) infusion made by Birchall, sourced from the Cederberg Mountains in South Africa's West Cape Province. Naturally caffeine free with a deep red colour, soothing aroma and naturally sweet taste. Each bag is individually wrapped in an envelope with string and tag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between redbush and rooibos?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are the same thing — rooibos is the Afrikaans name for the plant, while redbush is the common English term. Both refer to the Aspalathus linearis plant native to South Africa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does a box contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach box contains 25 individually wrapped envelope tea bags with string and tag. Net weight 50g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Redbush tea bags gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are declared. If confirmation is required for a specific dietary or clinical setting, check the product packaging directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo Birchall Redbush tea bags contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are declared in the ingredients. Check the packaging if allergen confirmation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Redbush tea bags halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot certified halal. Check with Birchall directly if halal certification is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Redbush tea bags vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the infusion contains rooibos only and is suitable for vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Birchall Redbush tea bags caffeine free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — rooibos is naturally caffeine free, making it a great alternative to black tea at any time of day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Birchall Redbush tea bags by the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending Superstore stocks Birchall Redbush Envelope Tea Bags in boxes of 25, available to order online for delivery across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811212706177,"sku":"BIR-3867948","price":3.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/w_1080_h_1080_fit_crop_9854efa5-df1b-4f7a-b0c7-56bc4e421506.png?v=1782208641"},{"product_id":"monster-energy-ultra-white-500ml-pack-of-12","title":"Monster Energy Ultra White - 500ml (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMonster Energy Ultra White is supplied as a pack of 12 x 500ml cans, making it a practical choice for vending operations, offices, hospitality venues and convenience retail looking to offer a zero sugar, zero calorie Monster variant in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA lighter tasting, less sweet sparkling energy drink that doesn’t taste like a traditional energy drink — but still delivers the full Monster energy blend. Zero sugar, zero calories, 160mg caffeine per can. Contains taurine (0.4%), Panax ginseng root extract (0.08%), L-carnitine L-tartrate (0.015%), guarana seed extract and B vitamins. Gluten free, GMO free and suitable for vegans and vegetarians. The cans are price-mark free, giving you full flexibility on retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContact us for palletised pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice fridge stocking and workplace refreshment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafé and convenience retail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers purchasing by the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 12 x 500ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZero sugar and zero calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh caffeine content — 30mg per 100ml (160mg per can)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaurine (0.4%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanax ginseng root extract (0.08%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eL-carnitine L-tartrate (0.015%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuarana seed extract\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB vitamins (B3, B5, B6, B12)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains inositol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free, GMO free, vegan suitable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice-mark free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarbonated water, acid (citric acid), taurine (0.4%), acidity regulator (sodium citrate), flavourings, Panax ginseng root extract (0.08%), sweeteners (sucralose, acesulfame K), caffeine (0.03%), preservatives (sorbic acid, benzoic acid), L-carnitine L-tartrate (0.015%), vitamins (B3, B5, B6, B12), sodium chloride, D-glucuronolactone, guarana seed extract (0.002%), inositol.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergens declared. Gluten free, GMO free and suitable for vegans and vegetarians. Always check the product label for the most up-to-date allergen information before serving or reselling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaffeine Advisory\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh caffeine content (30mg\/100ml). Not recommended for children, pregnant or breastfeeding women, or people sensitive to caffeine. Consume responsibly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Best served ice cold. Best before: see base of can. Please recycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cans are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 12 x 500ml cans of Monster Energy Ultra White.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does Ultra White differ from original Monster Energy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMonster Energy Ultra White has a lighter, less sweet flavour profile with zero sugar and zero calories, while still delivering the full Monster energy blend with 160mg caffeine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much caffeine is in a can?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 500ml can contains 160mg of caffeine (30mg per 100ml). This is classified as a high caffeine content drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Monster Energy Ultra White vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it is suitable for vegans and vegetarians, and is gluten free and GMO free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cans price-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These are price-mark free cans, giving you full control over your retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order in larger quantities?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — contact us directly for palletised pricing. We supply trade, hospitality and catering customers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Monster Energy Ultra White by the case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRight here at Vending Superstore. We stock Monster Energy for vending, hospitality and workplace buyers looking to purchase in pack quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Monster Energy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55820913377665,"sku":"MON-3842634","price":15.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/images_9242a8d5-2966-40d4-874b-0b05d3076aa2.webp?v=1781963761"},{"product_id":"monster-energy-pipeline-punch-500ml-pack-of-12","title":"Monster Energy Pipeline Punch - 500ml (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMonster Energy Pipeline Punch is supplied as a pack of 12 x 500ml cans, making it a practical choice for vending operations, offices, hospitality venues and convenience retail looking to offer a tropical Monster variant in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA blend of passion fruit, orange and guava — “Monsterised” with the full Monster energy blend. Made with 6% fruit juice from concentrate (orange, apple, guava, pineapple, passion fruit), taurine (0.4%), caffeine (0.03%), L-carnitine L-tartrate and B vitamins. Gluten free and GMO free. The cans are price-mark free, giving you full flexibility on retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContact us for palletised pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice fridge stocking and workplace refreshment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafé and convenience retail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers purchasing by the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 12 x 500ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6% fruit juice from concentrate (orange, apple, guava, pineapple, passion fruit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh caffeine content — 30mg per 100ml (160mg per can)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaurine (0.4%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eL-carnitine L-tartrate (0.004%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB vitamins (B2, B3, B6, B12)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains inositol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free and GMO free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice-mark free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarbonated water, fruit juices from concentrate 6% (orange, apple, guava, pineapple, passion fruit), sucrose, glucose syrup, taurine (0.4%), acid (citric acid), maltodextrin, flavourings, acidity regulator (sodium citrates), preservatives (potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate), caffeine (0.03%), vegetable oils (coconut, rapeseed), sweetener (sucralose), modified starch, vitamins (B3, B6, B2, B12), L-carnitine L-tartrate (0.004%), sodium chloride, inositol (0.002%), colour (E129).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergens declared. Gluten free and GMO free. Always check the product label for the most up-to-date allergen information before serving or reselling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour Advisory\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContains colour E129 (Allura Red AC) — may have an adverse effect on activity and attention in children.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaffeine Advisory\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh caffeine content (30mg\/100ml). Not recommended for children, pregnant or breastfeeding women, or people sensitive to caffeine. Consume responsibly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Best served ice cold. Best before: see base of can. Please recycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cans are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 12 x 500ml cans of Monster Energy Pipeline Punch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Pipeline Punch taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA tropical blend of passion fruit, orange and guava — inspired by the best flavours Hawaii has to offer, with the full Monster energy blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much caffeine is in a can?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 500ml can contains 160mg of caffeine (30mg per 100ml). This is classified as a high caffeine content drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain real fruit juice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — Monster Energy Pipeline Punch contains 6% fruit juice from concentrate (orange, apple, guava, pineapple and passion fruit).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cans price-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These are price-mark free cans, giving you full control over your retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order in larger quantities?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — contact us directly for palletised pricing. We supply trade, hospitality and catering customers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Monster Energy Pipeline Punch by the case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRight here at Vending Superstore. We stock Monster Energy for vending, hospitality and workplace buyers looking to purchase in pack quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Monster Energy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55820937986433,"sku":"MON-2636730","price":17.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/images_81ffeb9a-f804-43b1-b6cc-5a4a5f0cc580.webp?v=1781964738"},{"product_id":"monster-energy-ultra-rosa-500ml-pack-of-12","title":"Monster Energy Ultra Rosa - 500ml (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMonster Energy Ultra Rosá is supplied as a pack of 12 x 500ml cans, making it a practical choice for vending operations, offices, hospitality venues and convenience retail looking to offer a distinctive zero sugar Monster variant in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA light, crisp and complex sparkling energy drink with a floral finish — unlike anything else in the Ultra range. Zero sugar, zero calories, 160mg caffeine per can. Contains taurine (0.4%), Panax ginseng root extract (0.08%), L-carnitine L-tartrate (0.015%) and B vitamins. Naturally coloured with purple sweet potato concentrate. Gluten free, GMO free and allergen free. The cans are price-mark free, giving you full flexibility on retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContact us for palletised pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice fridge stocking and workplace refreshment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafé and convenience retail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers purchasing by the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 12 x 500ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZero sugar and zero calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh caffeine content — 32mg per 100ml (160mg per can)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaurine (0.4%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanax ginseng root extract (0.08%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eL-carnitine L-tartrate (0.015%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB vitamins (B3, B5, B6, B12)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains inositol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally coloured with purple sweet potato concentrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten free, GMO free and allergen free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice-mark free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarbonated water, acid (citric acid), flavour enhancer (erythritol), taurine (0.4%), acidity regulator (sodium citrates), flavourings, Panax ginseng root extract (0.08%), preservatives (sorbic acid, benzoic acid), sweeteners (sucralose, acesulfame K), caffeine (0.03%), L-carnitine L-tartrate (0.015%), vitamins (B3, B5, B6, B12), purple sweet potato concentrate, inositol.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergens declared. Gluten free, GMO free and allergen free. Suitable for vegans and vegetarians. Always check the product label for the most up-to-date allergen information before serving or reselling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaffeine Advisory\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh caffeine content (32mg\/100ml). Not recommended for children, pregnant or breastfeeding women, or people sensitive to caffeine. Consume responsibly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Best served ice cold. Best before: see base of can. Please recycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cans are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 12 x 500ml cans of Monster Energy Ultra Rosá.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Ultra Rosá taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA light, crisp and complex sparkling flavour with a floral finish — unlike pink lemonade, blush wine or any other fruit drink. It tastes like Ultra Rosá.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much caffeine is in a can?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 500ml can contains 160mg of caffeine (32mg per 100ml). This is classified as a high caffeine content drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Monster Energy Ultra Rosá sugar free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it contains zero sugar and zero calories, sweetened with sucralose and acesulfame K.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat gives it its colour?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUltra Rosá is coloured with purple sweet potato concentrate — no artificial colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cans price-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These are price-mark free cans, giving you full control over your retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order in larger quantities?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — contact us directly for palletised pricing. We supply trade, hospitality and catering customers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Monster Energy Ultra Rosá by the case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRight here at Vending Superstore. We stock Monster Energy for vending, hospitality and workplace buyers looking to purchase in pack quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Monster Energy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55820940706177,"sku":"MON-0538734","price":17.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/images_2ae3d55e-26cb-4f33-98b3-0e8e6d1f042a.webp?v=1781965101"},{"product_id":"monster-energy-ultra-strawberry-dreams-500ml-pack-of-12","title":"Monster Energy Ultra Strawberry Dreams - 500ml (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMonster Energy Ultra Strawberry Dreams is supplied as a pack of 12 x 500ml cans, making it a practical choice for vending operations, offices, hospitality venues and convenience retail looking to offer a distinctive zero sugar Monster variant in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA wonderfully sweet yet slightly tart strawberry-flavoured sparkling energy drink, easy drinking and crafted with the full Monster energy blend. Zero sugar, 150mg caffeine per can. Contains taurine (0.4%), Panax ginseng root extract (0.08%), L-carnitine L-tartrate (0.015%), guarana seed extract and B vitamins. The cans are price-mark free, giving you full flexibility on retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContact us for palletised pricing on larger volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice fridge stocking and workplace refreshment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafé and convenience retail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrade buyers purchasing by the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 12 x 500ml cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZero sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh caffeine content — 30mg per 100ml (150mg per can)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural strawberry flavouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaurine (0.4%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanax ginseng root extract (0.08%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eL-carnitine L-tartrate (0.015%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuarana seed extract\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB vitamins (B3, B5, B6, B12)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains inositol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice-mark free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarbonated water, flavour enhancer (erythritol), acid (citric acid), taurine (0.4%), acidity regulator (sodium citrates), natural strawberry flavouring with other natural flavourings, Panax ginseng root extract (0.08%), preservatives (potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate), caffeine (0.03%), sweeteners (sucralose, acesulfame K), L-carnitine L-tartrate (0.015%), vitamins (B3, B5, B6, B12), stabiliser (glycerol esters of wood rosins), guarana seed extract (0.002%), inositol, colours (E129, E110, E133).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo allergens declared. Always check the product label for the most up-to-date allergen information before serving or reselling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour Advisory\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContains colours E129 (Allura Red AC), E110 (Sunset Yellow FCF) and E133 (Brilliant Blue FCF) — may have an adverse effect on activity and attention in children.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaffeine Advisory\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh caffeine content (30mg\/100ml). Not recommended for children, pregnant or breastfeeding women, or people sensitive to caffeine. Consume responsibly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Best served ice cold. Best before: see base of can. Please recycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cans are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach pack contains 12 x 500ml cans of Monster Energy Ultra Strawberry Dreams.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Ultra Strawberry Dreams taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWonderfully sweet yet slightly tart — a natural strawberry flavour that’s smooth and easy drinking with the full Monster energy blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much caffeine is in a can?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 500ml can contains 150mg of caffeine (30mg per 100ml). This is classified as a high caffeine content drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for children?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — this product contains colours E129, E110 and E133 which may have an adverse effect on activity and attention in children. It also contains high levels of caffeine and is not recommended for children.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Monster Energy Ultra Strawberry Dreams sugar free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it contains zero sugar and is sweetened with sucralose and acesulfame K.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cans price-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These are price-mark free cans, giving you full control over your retail or resale pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order in larger quantities?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — contact us directly for palletised pricing. We supply trade, hospitality and catering customers across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy Monster Energy Ultra Strawberry Dreams by the case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRight here at Vending Superstore. We stock Monster Energy for vending, hospitality and workplace buyers looking to purchase in pack quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Monster Energy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55820942016897,"sku":"MON-840719","price":17.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/images_9f77eecf-ed1f-4548-8c9f-235ece16ff52.webp?v=1781965437"},{"product_id":"carabao-energy-drink-mixed-berry-330ml-case-of-12","title":"Carabao Energy Drink Mixed Berry - 330ml Slimline Can (Case of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarabao Energy Drink Mixed Berry\u003c\/strong\u003e is supplied in a case of 12 x 330ml slimline cans. A sparkling, light energy drink bursting with fruity berry flavour, taurine (0.3%), caffeine and B vitamins. Just 41 calories per can. Non-HFSS compliant. Vegan friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCarabao Mixed Berry is the fruity, juicy one — a refreshing and great tasting low calorie energy drink bursting with light, sweet berry flavour. With half the sugar of traditional energy drinks and only 41 calories per can, it delivers real energy without the excess. Each 330ml slimline can contains taurine (0.3%), caffeine and a full B vitamin complex — niacin, pantothenic acid, vitamin B6 and vitamin B12 — which contribute to normal energy-yielding metabolism and the reduction of tiredness and fatigue. Naturally coloured with black carrot concentrate. Non-HFSS compliant and vegan friendly. A case of 12 is a practical stock quantity for vending, workplace and hospitality use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVending machines, workplace refreshment points, gyms, leisure venues, convenience retail and any environment that wants to offer a quality low calorie energy drink. Non-HFSS compliance makes Carabao Mixed Berry suitable for school and workplace vending where HFSS restrictions apply. The 330ml slimline can is a standard vending format.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarabao Energy Drink Mixed Berry — 330ml slimline can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 12 cans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnly 41 calories per can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalf the sugar of traditional energy drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-HFSS compliant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaurine (0.3%)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB vitamins — niacin, pantothenic acid, vitamin B6 and vitamin B12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFruity mixed berry flavour — light and refreshing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally coloured with black carrot concentrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCarbonated water, sugar, acid (citric acid), taurine (0.3%), flavourings, caffeine (0.032%), colour (black carrot concentrate), inositol, sweeteners (sucralose, acesulfame K), preservative (sodium benzoate), vitamins (niacin, pantothenic acid, vitamin B6, vitamin B12), thickener (xanthan gum).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo declared allergens. Vegan friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Directions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBest served chilled. Store in a cool, dry place. Once opened, keep refrigerated and consume within 3 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHigh caffeine content. Not recommended for children, pregnant or breast-feeding women (32mg\/100ml). Consume in moderation as part of a varied and balanced diet and healthy lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e*Niacin, pantothenic acid, vitamin B6 and vitamin B12 contribute to normal energy-yielding metabolism and to the reduction of tiredness and fatigue.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs Carabao Mixed Berry non-HFSS?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Carabao Energy Drink Mixed Berry is non-HFSS compliant, making it suitable for vending and retail environments where HFSS restrictions apply, including schools and workplaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow many calories are in a can of Carabao Mixed Berry?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e41 calories per 330ml can — approximately half the calories of traditional energy drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIs Carabao Mixed Berry vegan?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Carabao Energy Drink Mixed Berry uses vegan friendly ingredients throughout and contains no animal-derived ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the difference between Carabao Mixed Berry and Carabao Green Apple?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth are 330ml slimline cans with 41 calories, non-HFSS compliant and vegan friendly. Carabao Green Apple has a natural apple flavour and contains guarana extract (0.109%). Carabao Mixed Berry has a fruity berry flavour and does not contain guarana.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eCan I buy Carabao Mixed Berry Energy Drink in bulk?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Available in a case of 12 x 330ml cans from Vending Superstore. We supply vending operators, workplaces, gyms and leisure venues across the UK with fast, reliable delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhere can I buy Carabao Mixed Berry Energy Drink in the UK?\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can buy Carabao Energy Drink Mixed Berry 330ml cases directly from Vending Superstore. We stock the full Carabao range alongside a wide selection of energy drinks and soft drinks for vending, workplace and hospitality use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Carabao","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55820961022337,"sku":"CAR-5857066","price":8.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/71DPZ93OudL._AC_SL1080.jpg?v=1781965924"},{"product_id":"swizzels-squashies-cherry-cola-120g-pack-of-12","title":"Swizzels Squashies Cherry Cola - 120g (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003eSwizzels Squashies Cherry Cola sweet bags, supplied as a pack of 12 x 120g bags. Each bag contains soft, squidgy foam sweets bursting with cherry and cola flavour – free from artificial colours and made by one of the UK's most trusted confectionery brands. Suitable for vending machines, sweet displays, hospitality, catering and workplace snack stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquashies Cherry Cola are soft, chewy foam gummies that combine juicy cherry sweetness with the familiar tang of fizzy cola. First launched in 2012, Squashies reimagined classic Swizzels flavours in a light, airy texture that delivers bold flavour with every bite. Made by Swizzels – a British family confectionery brand since 1928 – these sweets carry the same playful spirit as Love Hearts, Refreshers and Drumstick lollies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 120g bag is filled with colourful cherry cola foam sweets, ideal for sharing, sweet bowls, vending refills or everyday snacking. Supplied as a sealed case of 12 bags, making them straightforward to stock and replenish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace and office sweet stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering sweet displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents, parties and celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail and convenience store shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLunchboxes and everyday sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 x 120g bags per case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft, squidgy foam sweet texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCherry cola flavour combination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree from artificial colours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade by Swizzels – established British confectionery brand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot price-marked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar, Gelling Agent: Gelatine; Modified Starch, Acidity Regulators: Citric Acid, Trisodium Citrate; Flavourings, Pectin, Glazing Agent: Carnauba Wax; Colours: Ammonia Caramel, Anthocyanin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens, please see ingredients listed in bold. Contains: \u003cstrong\u003eGelatine\u003c\/strong\u003e (pork-derived – check product data for species confirmation). No nuts listed in ingredients. No gluten-containing ingredients listed. \u003cem\u003eAlways check the product packaging for the most up-to-date allergen information before use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Check product packaging for best before date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Swizzels Squashies Cherry Cola?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are soft, chewy foam sweets made by Swizzels, combining cherry and cola flavours in a light, squidgy texture. Each bag weighs 120g and is supplied in a case of 12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the contents of each bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 120g bag contains cherry cola flavour foam sweets made with glucose syrup, sugar, gelatine, modified starch, citric acid, trisodium citrate, flavourings, pectin, carnauba wax, ammonia caramel and anthocyanin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Swizzels Squashies Cherry Cola gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are listed. However, we recommend checking the product packaging for the manufacturer's allergen statement, as production environments can vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are listed in the ingredients. Always verify on the product packaging before serving to customers with nut allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Swizzels Squashies Cherry Cola halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe product contains gelatine. Halal suitability depends on the source of the gelatine used. Check product data – we cannot confirm halal certification from the information available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Swizzels Squashies Cherry Cola vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The product contains gelatine, which is an animal-derived ingredient, making it unsuitable for vegans or vegetarians.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These are supplied as a pack of 12 x 120g bags, making them well suited to vending operators, caterers, hospitality venues and anyone looking to stock up. You can order directly from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Swizzels","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55830763241857,"sku":"SWI-1102345","price":10.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/bc_product_5dd23d66-852b-f011-9af7-000d3ad526bd.avif?v=1782203564"},{"product_id":"swizzels-squashies-strawberries-cream-120g-pack-of-12","title":"Swizzels Squashies Strawberries \u0026 Cream - 120g (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003eSwizzels Squashies Strawberries \u0026amp; Cream sweet bags, supplied as a pack of 12 x 120g bags. Each bag contains soft, squidgy foam sweets with the classic British strawberry and cream flavour combination – made by Swizzels, one of the UK’s most trusted confectionery brands since 1928. Suitable for vending machines, sweet displays, hospitality, catering and workplace snack stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquashies Strawberries \u0026amp; Cream take one of Britain’s most-loved sweet flavour pairings and reimagine it in Swizzels’ signature soft, airy foam texture. First launched in 2012, Squashies were created by taking classic Swizzels flavours and crafting them into a uniquely squidgy, moreish sweet that delivers bold flavour with every bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 120g bag is filled with strawberry and cream flavour foam sweets, ideal for sharing, sweet bowls, vending refills or everyday snacking. Supplied as a sealed case of 12 bags, making them easy to stock and replenish across multiple locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace and office sweet stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering sweet displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents, parties and celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail and convenience store shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWedding favours and gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 x 120g bags per case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft, squidgy foam sweet texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic strawberry and cream flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade by Swizzels – established British confectionery brand since 1928\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot price-marked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar, Gelling Agent: Gelatine; Modified Starch, Acidity Regulators: Citric Acid, Trisodium Citrate; Flavourings, Pectin, Glazing Agent: Carnauba Wax; Colour: Anthocyanin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIngredients and allergens may be subject to change. Always check the labels supplied with each delivery.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens, please see ingredients listed in bold. Contains: \u003cstrong\u003eGelatine\u003c\/strong\u003e (animal-derived – check product data for species confirmation). No nuts listed in ingredients. No gluten-containing ingredients listed. \u003cem\u003eAlways check the product packaging for the most up-to-date allergen information before use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Check product packaging for best before date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Swizzels Squashies Strawberries \u0026amp; Cream?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are soft, chewy foam sweets made by Swizzels, combining classic strawberry and cream flavours in a light, squidgy texture. Each bag weighs 120g and is supplied in a case of 12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the contents of each bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 120g bag contains strawberry and cream flavour foam sweets made with glucose syrup, sugar, gelatine, modified starch, citric acid, trisodium citrate, flavourings, pectin, carnauba wax and anthocyanin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Swizzels Squashies Strawberries \u0026amp; Cream gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are listed. However, we recommend checking the product packaging for the manufacturer’s allergen statement, as production environments can vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are listed in the ingredients. Always verify on the product packaging before serving to customers with nut allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Swizzels Squashies Strawberries \u0026amp; Cream halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe product contains gelatine. Halal suitability depends on the source of the gelatine used. Check product data – we cannot confirm halal certification from the information available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Swizzels Squashies Strawberries \u0026amp; Cream vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The product contains gelatine, which is an animal-derived ingredient, making it unsuitable for vegans or vegetarians.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These are supplied as a pack of 12 x 120g bags, making them well suited to vending operators, caterers, hospitality venues and anyone stocking up on sweet supplies. You can order directly from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Swizzels","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55830797549953,"sku":"SWI-0479834","price":10.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/1280x1280_7e1937cf-cdfd-4ea9-b60f-fbf982fd26c9.webp?v=1782207318"},{"product_id":"swizzels-drumstick-choos-120g-pack-of-12","title":"Swizzels Drumstick Choos - 150g (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003eSwizzels Drumstick Choos sweet bags, supplied as a pack of 12 x 120g bags. Each bag contains soft, chewy sweets with the classic Drumstick flavour – made with vegetable oils rather than gelatine, and free from artificial colours. Suitable for vending machines, sweet displays, hospitality, catering and workplace snack stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrumstick Choos bring the iconic Drumstick flavour into a soft, chewy sweet format that’s easy to enjoy straight from the bag. Made by Swizzels – a British family confectionery brand since 1928 – these sweets carry the same bold, nostalgic taste that has made Drumstick one of the UK’s best-known sweet brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 120g bag is filled with soft chew sweets, ideal for sharing, sweet bowls, vending refills or everyday snacking. Supplied as a sealed case of 12 bags, making them practical to stock and replenish across multiple locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace and office sweet stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering sweet displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents, parties and celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail and convenience store shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParty bags and treat bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 x 120g bags per case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy sweet texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic Drumstick flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo gelatine – made with vegetable oils\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo artificial colours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade by Swizzels – established British confectionery brand since 1928\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot price-marked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar, Vegetable Oils (Palm, Palm Kernel), Acidity Regulator: Citric Acid; \u003cstrong\u003eLysed Soya Protein\u003c\/strong\u003e, Glycerine, Flavourings, Emulsifier: Glycerol Mono Stearate; Colours: Anthocyanin, Copper Chlorophyllin, Lutein, Paprika Extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIngredients and allergens may be subject to change. Always check the labels supplied with each delivery.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens, please see ingredients listed in bold. Contains: \u003cstrong\u003eSoya\u003c\/strong\u003e. No gelatine. No nuts listed in ingredients. No gluten-containing ingredients listed. \u003cem\u003eAlways check the product packaging for the most up-to-date allergen information before use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Check product packaging for best before date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Swizzels Drumstick Choos?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are soft, chewy sweets made by Swizzels with the classic Drumstick flavour. Each bag weighs 120g and is supplied in a case of 12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the contents of each bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 120g bag contains Drumstick flavour chewy sweets made with glucose syrup, sugar, vegetable oils (palm, palm kernel), citric acid, lysed soya protein, glycerine, flavourings, glycerol mono stearate and natural colours including anthocyanin, copper chlorophyllin, lutein and paprika extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Swizzels Drumstick Choos gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are listed. However, we recommend checking the product packaging for the manufacturer’s allergen statement, as production environments can vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are listed in the ingredients. Always verify on the product packaging before serving to customers with nut allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Swizzels Drumstick Choos halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe product does not contain gelatine and is made with vegetable oils. However, we cannot confirm halal certification – please check the product packaging or contact Swizzels directly for confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Swizzels Drumstick Choos vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gelatine is used. However, the product contains soya protein and palm-based vegetable oils. Vegan suitability is not confirmed – check the product packaging or contact Swizzels for their official position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These are supplied as a pack of 12 x 120g bags, making them well suited to vending operators, caterers, hospitality venues and anyone stocking up on sweet supplies. You can order directly from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Swizzels","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55831053664641,"sku":"SWI-0565442","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/bc_product_a2fa5b4a-64c1-f011-bbd1-7c1e52028332.avif?v=1782207956"},{"product_id":"swizzels-refreshers-choos-150g-pack-of-12","title":"Swizzels Refreshers Choos - 150g (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003eSwizzels Refreshers Choos sweet bags, supplied as a pack of 12 x 150g bags. Each bag contains fizzy, chewy sweets with a sherbet centre in a mix of fruity flavours – lemon, strawberry, apple, pineapple and raspberry. Confirmed by Swizzels as suitable for vegans, vegetarians, coeliacs and halal diets. Suitable for vending machines, sweet displays, hospitality, catering and workplace snack stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRefreshers Choos take the classic Refreshers sherbet flavour and deliver it in a soft, chewy sweet format with a fizzy kick. Made by Swizzels – a British family confectionery brand since 1928 – these sweets come in five fruity flavours per bag, making them a versatile choice for mixed sweet displays and vending fills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 150g bag is filled with assorted fruity chew sweets, ideal for sharing, sweet bowls, vending refills or everyday snacking. Supplied as a sealed case of 12 bags, making them practical to stock and replenish across multiple locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace and office sweet stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering sweet displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents, parties and celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail and convenience store shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVenues catering for vegan, halal or gluten-free requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 x 150g bags per case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFizzy, chewy sweets with sherbet centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive fruity flavours: lemon, strawberry, apple, pineapple and raspberry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegans, vegetarians, coeliacs and halal diets (as confirmed by Swizzels)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo gelatine – made with vegetable oils\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade by Swizzels – established British confectionery brand since 1928\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot price-marked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar, Vegetable Oils (Palm, Palm Kernel), Acidity Regulator: Citric Acid, Modified Starch, Anti-Caking Agents: Stearic Acid, Magnesium Carbonate, Magnesium Stearate; Flavourings, Glycerine, \u003cstrong\u003eLysed Soya Protein\u003c\/strong\u003e, Emulsifier: Glycerol Mono Stearate; Colours: Anthocyanin, Copper Chlorophyllin, Lutein, Paprika Extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIngredients and allergens may be subject to change. Always check the labels supplied with each delivery.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens, please see ingredients listed in bold. Contains: \u003cstrong\u003eSoya\u003c\/strong\u003e. No gelatine. No nuts listed in ingredients. No gluten-containing ingredients listed. \u003cem\u003eAlways check the product packaging for the most up-to-date allergen information before use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDietary Suitability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirmed by Swizzels as suitable for: \u003cstrong\u003eVegans, Vegetarians, Coeliacs and Halal\u003c\/strong\u003e diets. Always verify on the product packaging before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Check product packaging for best before date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Swizzels Refreshers Choos?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are fizzy, chewy sweets made by Swizzels with a sherbet centre, available in a mix of lemon, strawberry, apple, pineapple and raspberry flavours. Each bag weighs 150g and is supplied in a case of 12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the contents of each bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 150g bag contains assorted fruity chew sweets made with glucose syrup, sugar, vegetable oils (palm, palm kernel), citric acid, modified starch, stearic acid, magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, flavourings, glycerine, lysed soya protein, glycerol mono stearate and natural colours including anthocyanin, copper chlorophyllin, lutein and paprika extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Swizzels Refreshers Choos gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Swizzels confirms these are suitable for coeliacs. No gluten-containing ingredients are listed. Always check the product packaging for the manufacturer’s allergen statement before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are listed in the ingredients. Always verify on the product packaging before serving to customers with nut allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Swizzels Refreshers Choos halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Swizzels confirms these are suitable for halal diets. The product contains no gelatine and is made with vegetable oils. Always check the product packaging for confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Swizzels Refreshers Choos vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Swizzels confirms these are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. The product contains no gelatine and is made with vegetable oils. Always check the product packaging for confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These are supplied as a pack of 12 x 150g bags, making them well suited to vending operators, caterers, hospitality venues and anyone stocking up on sweet supplies. You can order directly from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Swizzels","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55831134896513,"sku":"SWI-0149598","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/bc_product_6076dd98-64c1-f011-bbd1-7c1e52028332.avif?v=1782211414"},{"product_id":"haribo-supermix-160g-pack-of-12","title":"Haribo Supermix - 160g (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003eHaribo Supermix sweet bags, supplied as a pack of 12 x 160g bags. Each bag contains a varied mix of soft, squishy sweets with creamy and fruity flavours – including Jelly Man, Milk Bottle, Sheep and Ice Cream pieces – made without artificial colours. Suitable for vending machines, sweet displays, hospitality, catering and workplace snack stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaribo Supermix is one of the brand’s top-selling share bag lines, combining the soft, squishy textures Haribo is known for with a mix of creamy and fruity flavours. The revamped recipe includes lemon meringue, peach and vanilla alongside the classic Supermix pieces: Jelly Man, Milk Bottle, Sheep and Ice Cream. Colour comes from fruit and plant concentrates rather than artificial colours, making it a cleaner-label option within the Haribo range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 160g bag is filled with assorted soft sweets, ideal for sharing, sweet bowls, vending refills or everyday snacking. Supplied as a sealed case of 12 bags, making them straightforward to stock and replenish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace and office sweet stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering sweet displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents, parties and celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail and convenience store shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParty bags and treat bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 x 160g bags per case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed soft sweets: Jelly Man, Milk Bottle, Sheep and Ice Cream pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlavours include lemon meringue, peach and vanilla\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo artificial colours – coloured with fruit and plant concentrates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade by Haribo – one of the world’s best-known confectionery brands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot price-marked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar, \u003cstrong\u003eGelatine\u003c\/strong\u003e, Dextrose, Acid: Citric Acid; Flavouring, Fruit and Plant Concentrates: Apple, Aronia, Beetroot, Bilberry, Blackcurrant, Carrot, Elderberry, Grape, Lemon, Mango, Orange, Passion Fruit, Radish, Safflower, Spirulina, Sweet Potato; Glazing Agents: \u003cstrong\u003eBeeswax\u003c\/strong\u003e, Carnauba Wax; Caramelised Sugar Syrup, Elderberry Extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIngredients and allergens may be subject to change. Always check the labels supplied with each delivery.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens, please see ingredients listed in bold. Contains: \u003cstrong\u003eGelatine\u003c\/strong\u003e (pork-derived – check product data for species confirmation), \u003cstrong\u003eBeeswax\u003c\/strong\u003e. No nuts listed in ingredients. No gluten-containing ingredients listed. \u003cem\u003eAlways check the product packaging for the most up-to-date allergen information before use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Check product packaging for best before date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Haribo Supermix?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHaribo Supermix is a mixed bag of soft, squishy sweets in a variety of shapes and flavours, including Jelly Man, Milk Bottle, Sheep and Ice Cream pieces with lemon meringue, peach and vanilla flavours. Each bag weighs 160g and is supplied in a case of 12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the contents of each bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 160g bag contains assorted soft sweets made with glucose syrup, sugar, gelatine, dextrose, citric acid, flavouring, fruit and plant concentrates, beeswax, carnauba wax, caramelised sugar syrup and elderberry extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Haribo Supermix gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are listed. However, we recommend checking the product packaging for the manufacturer’s allergen statement, as production environments can vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are listed in the ingredients. Always verify on the product packaging before serving to customers with nut allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Haribo Supermix halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe product contains gelatine. Halal suitability depends on the source of the gelatine used. Check product data – we cannot confirm halal certification from the information available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Haribo Supermix vegan or vegetarian?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The product contains gelatine and beeswax, both of which are animal-derived ingredients, making it unsuitable for vegans and vegetarians.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These are supplied as a pack of 12 x 160g bags, making them well suited to vending operators, caterers, hospitality venues and anyone stocking up on sweet supplies. You can order directly from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Haribo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55831358079361,"sku":"HAR-0358920","price":12.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/bc_product_74ffd055-3401-ef11-a1fe-6045bdd1cd2e.avif?v=1782212789"},{"product_id":"haribo-happy-cola-zing-160g-pack-of-12","title":"Haribo Happy Cola Zing - 160g (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003eHaribo Happy Cola Zing sweet bags, supplied as a pack of 12 x 160g bags. Each bag contains fizzy cola bottle-shaped gummy sweets with a sour zing coating, delivering the familiar cola flavour with an added tangy kick from citric and malic acids. Suitable for vending machines, sweet displays, hospitality, catering and workplace snack stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaribo Happy Cola Zing takes the classic cola bottle gummy and adds a sour, fizzy coating for a sharper, more intense sweet experience. The cola bottle shape and flavour are instantly recognisable, making these a reliable choice for sweet displays and vending fills where popular lines are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 160g bag is filled with fizzy cola bottle sweets, ideal for sharing, sweet bowls, vending refills or everyday snacking. Supplied as a sealed case of 12 bags, making them practical to stock and replenish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace and office sweet stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering sweet displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents, parties and celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail and convenience store shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParty bags and treat bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 x 160g bags per case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFizzy cola bottle-shaped gummy sweets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSour zing coating with citric and malic acid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic cola flavour with a tangy finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade by Haribo – one of the world’s best-known confectionery brands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot price-marked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar, \u003cstrong\u003eGelatine\u003c\/strong\u003e, Dextrose, Acid: Citric Acid, Malic Acid; Caramelised Sugar Syrup, Flavouring, Glazing Agent: Carnauba Wax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIngredients and allergens may be subject to change. Always check the labels supplied with each delivery.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens, please see ingredients listed in bold. Contains: \u003cstrong\u003eGelatine\u003c\/strong\u003e (check product data for species confirmation). No nuts listed in ingredients. No gluten-containing ingredients listed. \u003cem\u003eAlways check the product packaging for the most up-to-date allergen information before use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Check product packaging for best before date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Haribo Happy Cola Zing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are fizzy cola bottle-shaped gummy sweets made by Haribo, coated with a sour zing mixture of citric and malic acids for a tangy finish. Each bag weighs 160g and is supplied in a case of 12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the contents of each bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 160g bag contains fizzy cola bottle gummies made with glucose syrup, sugar, gelatine, dextrose, citric acid, malic acid, caramelised sugar syrup, flavouring and carnauba wax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Haribo Happy Cola Zing gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are listed. However, we recommend checking the product packaging for the manufacturer’s allergen statement, as production environments can vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are listed in the ingredients. Always verify on the product packaging before serving to customers with nut allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Haribo Happy Cola Zing halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe product contains gelatine. Halal suitability depends on the source of the gelatine used. Check product data – we cannot confirm halal certification from the information available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Haribo Happy Cola Zing vegan or vegetarian?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The product contains gelatine, which is an animal-derived ingredient, making it unsuitable for vegans and vegetarians.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These are supplied as a pack of 12 x 160g bags, making them well suited to vending operators, caterers, hospitality venues and anyone stocking up on sweet supplies. You can order directly from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Haribo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55831373611393,"sku":"HAR-4517411","price":12.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/bc_product_9afb82fc-0161-f011-8eed-7ced8d39a373.avif?v=1782213738"},{"product_id":"haribo-happy-cola-160g-pack-of-12","title":"Haribo Happy Cola - 160g (Pack of 12)","description":"\u003cp\u003eHaribo Happy Cola sweet bags, supplied as a pack of 12 x 160g bags. Each bag contains cola bottle-shaped jelly sweets with a classic cola flavour, made without artificial colours. Suitable for vending machines, sweet displays, hospitality, catering and workplace snack stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaribo Happy Cola is one of the brand’s most recognisable lines – the classic cola bottle shape in a chewy jelly sweet format that has been a staple of sweet displays and vending fills for decades. Made without artificial colours, the flavour and format are consistent and familiar, making them a dependable choice for operators who need a reliable, fast-moving sweet bag line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 160g bag is filled with cola bottle jelly sweets, ideal for sharing, sweet bowls, vending refills or everyday snacking. Supplied as a sealed case of 12 bags, making them easy to stock and replenish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace and office sweet stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering sweet displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents, parties and celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail and convenience store shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParty bags and treat bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 x 160g bags per case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic cola bottle-shaped jelly sweets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo artificial colours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade by Haribo – one of the world’s best-known confectionery brands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot price-marked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar, \u003cstrong\u003eGelatine\u003c\/strong\u003e, Dextrose, Acid: Citric Acid; Caramelised Sugar Syrup, Flavouring, Glazing Agents: \u003cstrong\u003eBeeswax\u003c\/strong\u003e, Carnauba Wax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIngredients and allergens may be subject to change. Always check the labels supplied with each delivery.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens, please see ingredients listed in bold. Contains: \u003cstrong\u003eGelatine\u003c\/strong\u003e (check product data for species confirmation), \u003cstrong\u003eBeeswax\u003c\/strong\u003e. No nuts listed in ingredients. No gluten-containing ingredients listed. \u003cem\u003eAlways check the product packaging for the most up-to-date allergen information before use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Check product packaging for best before date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Haribo Happy Cola?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are cola bottle-shaped jelly sweets made by Haribo with a classic cola flavour. Each bag weighs 160g and is supplied in a case of 12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the contents of each bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 160g bag contains cola bottle jelly sweets made with glucose syrup, sugar, gelatine, dextrose, citric acid, caramelised sugar syrup, flavouring, beeswax and carnauba wax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Haribo Happy Cola gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are listed. However, we recommend checking the product packaging for the manufacturer’s allergen statement, as production environments can vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are listed in the ingredients. Always verify on the product packaging before serving to customers with nut allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Haribo Happy Cola halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe product contains gelatine. Halal suitability depends on the source of the gelatine used. Check product data – we cannot confirm halal certification from the information available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre Haribo Happy Cola vegan or vegetarian?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The product contains gelatine and beeswax, both of which are animal-derived ingredients, making it unsuitable for vegans and vegetarians.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These are supplied as a pack of 12 x 160g bags, making them well suited to vending operators, caterers, hospitality venues and anyone stocking up on sweet supplies. You can order directly from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Haribo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55831382851969,"sku":"HAR-8481133","price":12.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/bc_product_d6c2acb8-0161-f011-8eed-7ced8d39a373.avif?v=1782214276"},{"product_id":"natural-confectionery-co-jelly-snakes-110g-pack-of-10","title":"The Natural Confectionery Co. Jelly Snakes - 110g (Pack of 10)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Natural Confectionery Co. Jelly Snakes, supplied as a pack of 10 x 110g bags. Each bag contains fruity jelly snake sweets made with natural flavours and natural colours – no artificial colours or flavourings. Suitable for vending machines, sweet displays, hospitality, catering and workplace snack stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Natural Confectionery Co. is known for producing jelly sweets made with natural flavours and colours, and the Jelly Snakes are one of their most popular lines. Each snake-shaped jelly sweet delivers a fruity flavour combination with a soft, chewy texture, coloured using anthocyanins, paprika extract and curcumin rather than artificial dyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 110g bag is filled with jelly snake sweets, ideal for sharing, sweet bowls, vending refills or everyday snacking. Supplied as a case of 10 bags, making them practical to stock across multiple locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVending machine restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace and office sweet stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality and catering sweet displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents, parties and celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail and convenience store shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParty bags and treat bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 x 110g bags per case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJelly snake-shaped sweets with fruity flavours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural flavours and natural colours (anthocyanins, paprika extract, curcumin)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo artificial colours or flavourings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade by The Natural Confectionery Co.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot price-marked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar, Water, Starch, \u003cstrong\u003eGelatine\u003c\/strong\u003e, Acid (Citric Acid), Coconut Oil, Colours (Anthocyanins, Paprika Extract, Curcumin), Natural Flavourings, Natural Lemon Flavouring with other Natural Flavourings, Natural Orange Flavouring, Glazing Agent (Carnauba Wax).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIngredients and allergens may be subject to change. Always check the labels supplied with each delivery.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens, please see ingredients listed in bold. Contains: \u003cstrong\u003eGelatine\u003c\/strong\u003e (animal-derived – check product data for species confirmation). No nuts listed in ingredients. No gluten-containing ingredients listed. \u003cem\u003eAlways check the product packaging for the most up-to-date allergen information before use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Check product packaging for best before date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are The Natural Confectionery Co. Jelly Snakes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are fruity jelly snake-shaped sweets made by The Natural Confectionery Co. using natural flavours and natural colours. Each bag weighs 110g and is supplied in a case of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the contents of each bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach 110g bag contains jelly snake sweets made with glucose syrup, sugar, water, starch, gelatine, citric acid, coconut oil, natural colours (anthocyanins, paprika extract, curcumin), natural flavourings and carnauba wax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre The Natural Confectionery Co. Jelly Snakes gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo gluten-containing ingredients are listed. However, we recommend checking the product packaging for the manufacturer’s allergen statement, as production environments can vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they contain nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo nuts are listed in the ingredients. Always verify on the product packaging before serving to customers with nut allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre The Natural Confectionery Co. Jelly Snakes halal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe product contains gelatine. Halal suitability depends on the source of the gelatine used. Check product data – we cannot confirm halal certification from the information available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre The Natural Confectionery Co. Jelly Snakes vegan or vegetarian?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The product contains gelatine, which is an animal-derived ingredient, making it unsuitable for vegans and vegetarians.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These are supplied as a pack of 10 x 110g bags, making them well suited to vending operators, caterers, hospitality venues and anyone stocking up on sweet supplies. You can order directly from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Natural Confectionery Co.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55831603249537,"sku":"THE-827373","price":9.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/61I3UZ9Si8L._AC_SL1280.jpg?v=1782222145"},{"product_id":"birchall-6-compartment-wooden-tea-tray-enveloped-tea-bags","title":"Birchall 6-Compartment Wooden Tea Tray – For Enveloped Tea Bags","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Birchall 6-Compartment Wooden Tea Tray is a smart, practical storage and display solution for enveloped tea bags. With six individual compartments, the tray holds over 120 individual sachets in total, keeping your tea selection organised, accessible and neatly presented. Supplied empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clean, natural wooden finish that suits professional environments. Well suited to self-serve refreshment stations, hospitality counters and any setting where a tidy, organised tea display matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds over 120 individual enveloped tea bag sachets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Birchall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied empty \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffices and workplaces — a tidy tea display for staff kitchens and breakout areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeeting rooms and boardrooms — a professional presentation for a curated tea selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels and guest accommodation — reception areas, lounge counters and self-serve refreshment stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB\u0026amp;Bs and guest houses — a smart way to display a tea selection for guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops — a natural, premium counter display for a tea offering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpas and wellbeing venues — a clean, uncluttered presentation for herbal and wellness teas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 compartments — organise multiple Birchall tea varieties in one tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds over 120 individual enveloped sachets in total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural wooden construction — clean, professional finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design — efficient use of counter or tray space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied empty — tea bags ordered separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the tray come with tea bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The Birchall 6-Compartment Wooden Tea Tray is supplied empty. A wide selection of Birchall individually wrapped enveloped tea bags is available to order separately from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tea bags does the tray hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tray holds over 120 individual enveloped sachets across its 6 compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich tea bags are compatible with this tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tray is designed for use with Birchall enveloped tea bags. The full range of compatible Birchall envelope tea bags is available to order from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy the Birchall 6-Compartment Wooden Tea Tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order it directly from Vending Superstore. We also supply the full range of Birchall individually wrapped enveloped tea bags to fill it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55836683829633,"sku":"BIR-5849513","price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/035ad356-9a2f-4670-a5ba-146f58734650.png?v=1782419908"},{"product_id":"birchall-12-compartment-wooden-tea-tray-enveloped-tea-bags","title":"Birchall 12-Compartment Wooden Tea Tray – For Enveloped Tea Bags","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Birchall 12-Compartment Wooden Tea Tray is a practical storage and display solution for enveloped tea bags (non-prism). With twelve individual compartments, the tray holds over 120 individual sachets in total, keeping a wide tea selection organised, accessible and neatly presented. Supplied empty — please note that flavour name dividers are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clean, natural wooden finish that suits professional environments. Well suited to self-serve refreshment stations, hospitality counters and any setting where a tidy, organised tea display matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompartments:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds over 120 individual enveloped tea bag sachets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enveloped tea bags (non-prism)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Birchall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied empty \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffices and workplaces — a tidy tea display for staff kitchens and breakout areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeeting rooms and boardrooms — a professional presentation for a wide curated tea selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels and guest accommodation — reception areas, lounge counters and self-serve refreshment stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB\u0026amp;Bs and guest houses — a smart way to display a broad tea selection for guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops — a natural, premium counter display for a full tea range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpas and wellbeing venues — a clean, uncluttered presentation for herbal and wellness teas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 compartments — organise a wide range of Birchall tea varieties in one tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds over 120 individual enveloped sachets in total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for enveloped tea bags (non-prism format)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural wooden construction — clean, professional finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied empty — tea bags ordered separately; dividers not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the tray come with tea bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The Birchall 12-Compartment Wooden Tea Tray is supplied empty. A wide selection of Birchall individually wrapped enveloped tea bags is available to order separately from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tea bags does the tray hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tray holds over 120 individual enveloped sachets across its 12 compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich tea bags are compatible with this tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tray is designed for Birchall enveloped tea bags in non-prism format. The full range of compatible Birchall envelope tea bags is available to order from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy the Birchall 12-Compartment Wooden Tea Tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order it directly from Vending Superstore. We also supply the full range of Birchall individually wrapped enveloped tea bags to fill it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55836963963265,"sku":"BIR-5383611","price":38.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/12-compartment-white-1080.webp?v=1782307704"},{"product_id":"birchall-wooden-tea-stand-6-boxes","title":"Birchall Wooden Tea Stand – Holds 6 Boxes","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Birchall Wooden Tea Stand is a counter display unit designed to hold up to 6 Birchall tea boxes, keeping your tea selection neatly organised and easy to browse. A clean, natural wooden finish that suits professional environments — well suited to self-serve refreshment stations, hospitality counters, meeting rooms and any setting where a tidy, accessible tea display matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied empty — tea boxes are ordered separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds 6 tea boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Birchall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied empty — tea boxes ordered separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffices and workplaces — a tidy tea display for staff kitchens and breakout areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeeting rooms and boardrooms — a professional presentation for a curated tea selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels and guest accommodation — reception areas, lounge counters and self-serve refreshment stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB\u0026amp;Bs and guest houses — a smart way to display a tea selection for guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops — a natural, premium counter display for a tea range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpas and wellbeing venues — a clean, uncluttered presentation for herbal and wellness teas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds up to 6 Birchall tea boxes — display a curated selection in one stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural wooden construction — clean, professional finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact counter footprint — efficient use of space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied empty — tea boxes ordered separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the stand come with tea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The Birchall Wooden Tea Stand is supplied empty. A wide selection of Birchall tea boxes is available to order separately from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many boxes does the stand hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe stand holds up to 6 Birchall tea boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Birchall boxes are compatible with this stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe stand is designed for use with Birchall tea boxes. The full range of compatible Birchall teas is available to order from Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I buy the Birchall Wooden Tea Stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can order it directly from Vending Superstore. We also supply the full range of Birchall teas to fill it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Birchall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55837236167041,"sku":"BIR-2718367","price":32.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/BirchallWoodenStand.jpg?v=1782310224"},{"product_id":"12oz-confetti-mixed-colour-double-wall-hot-cups-case-of-500","title":"12oz Confetti Mixed Colour Double Wall Hot Cups - Case of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003e12oz Confetti mixed colour double wall hot cups supplied in a case of 500, packed as 20 sleeves of 25. Each sleeve is a mixed pack of five colours — Baby Blue, Coral, Mint Green, Soft Pink and Yellow — making them a practical and eye-catching choice for cafés, coffee shops, offices and hospitality venues that want to add a bit of colour to their hot drink service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe double wall construction keeps drinks warm and hands comfortable without the need for a separate sleeve. With under 5% plastic content, these cups are recyclable across the UK and Ireland at dedicated cup recycling facilities and fully aligned with EPR requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfetti brings a playful approach to disposable hot cups, adding instant colour to the counter without the commitment of bespoke print runs. The smooth outer finish makes each cup an ideal blank canvas for branded stickers, stamps or labels — a straightforward way to add your own branding to a colourful, on-trend cup. Available in 8oz, 12oz and 16oz sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12oz capacity — suitable for medium hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble wall construction — keeps drinks warm and hands comfortable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo separate sleeve required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed sleeve of five colours: Baby Blue, Coral, Mint Green, Soft Pink and Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePE lined for leak resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder 5% plastic content — recyclable at dedicated cup recycling facilities across the UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully aligned with EPR requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn-cup ‘Recycle Me’ messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth outer finish — ideal for custom branding with stickers or stamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 500 cups — packed as 20 sleeves of 25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable for easy storage and counter organisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e90mm brim diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds colour and character to takeaway hot drink service without bespoke print costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace drink stations\u003c\/strong\u003e — a more engaging option for staff kitchens, meeting rooms and visitor refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical and visually distinctive for conferences, markets and temporary hot drink service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast service, self-serve areas and guest refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaway food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles hot drinks for grab-and-go service with a point of difference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom branding\u003c\/strong\u003e — the smooth finish works well with stickers, stamps and labels for branded service without minimum print runs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 12oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrim diameter: 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall construction: Double wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLining: PE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: Baby Blue, Coral, Mint Green, Soft Pink, Yellow (mixed per sleeve)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic content: Under 5%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclability: Recyclable at dedicated cup recycling facilities — UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEPR: Fully aligned with EPR requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner pack quantity: 25 cups per sleeve (mixed colours)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase quantity: 500 cups (20 sleeves of 25)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLids: Compatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture. Cups are stackable and sleeve-packed for straightforward storage and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours are included in each sleeve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach sleeve of 25 is a mixed pack containing Baby Blue, Coral, Mint Green, Soft Pink and Yellow cups. The mix is the same across every sleeve in the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. With under 5% plastic content, Confetti cups are recyclable at dedicated cup recycling facilities across the UK and Ireland. On-cup ‘Recycle Me’ messaging helps encourage responsible disposal. They are not suitable for standard kerbside paper recycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups EPR compliant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These cups are fully aligned with EPR (Extended Producer Responsibility) requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these cups need a sleeve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The double wall construction provides sufficient insulation and grip for comfortable use without a separate sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these cups for my own branding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The smooth outer finish makes these cups a good base for branded stickers, stamps or labels, allowing you to add your own branding without committing to bespoke print runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich lids fit these cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCompatible sip-through lids are available separately. The brim diameter is 90mm — please check lid compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach case contains 500 cups, packed as 20 sleeves of 25. Each sleeve is a mixed pack of all five colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre other sizes available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — Confetti cups are also available in 8oz and 16oz. See the related products on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55846920749441,"sku":"GO--8846068","price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/12oz-confetti.png?v=1782592849"},{"product_id":"12oz-black-matt-double-wall-hot-cups-case-of-500","title":"12oz Black Matt Double Wall Hot Cups - Case of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003e12oz black matt double wall hot cups supplied in a case of 500, packed as 20 sleeves of 25. A sleek, professional option for cafés, coffee shops, offices and hospitality venues that want a smart, understated cup for their hot drink service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe double wall construction provides good heat insulation, keeping drinks warmer for longer while keeping the outside of the cup comfortable to hold — no separate sleeve required. Compatible sip-through lids are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 12oz black double wall cups combine a clean matte finish with practical double wall insulation. The simple, unfussy design works well across café counters, workplace drink stations and hospitality self-serve areas where a professional look matters. The matte black finish gives a contemporary feel without the need for printed branding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12oz capacity — suitable for medium hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble wall construction — good heat insulation, keeps drinks warmer for longer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo separate sleeve required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatte black finish — sleek, professional appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple, clean design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for coffee, tea, hot chocolate and other hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 500 cups — packed as 20 sleeves of 25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable for easy storage and counter organisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e90mm brim diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — a smart everyday cup for lattes, Americanos, teas and hot chocolates served to go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace drink stations\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds a professional touch to staff kitchens, meeting rooms and visitor refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for conferences, markets and temporary hot drink service where presentation matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast service, self-serve areas and guest refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaway food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles hot drinks for grab-and-go service with a clean, contemporary look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVending and self-serve areas\u003c\/strong\u003e — works alongside tabletop coffee machines and self-serve hot drink stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 12oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrim diameter: 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall construction: Double wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Matte\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner pack quantity: 25 cups per sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase quantity: 500 cups (20 sleeves of 25)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLids: Compatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture. Cups are stackable and sleeve-packed for straightforward storage and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these cups need a sleeve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The double wall construction provides sufficient insulation and grip for comfortable use without a separate sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between single wall and double wall cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSingle wall cups are made with one layer of board and are more economical. Double wall cups have an extra outer layer that improves heat insulation and keeps the outside of the cup more comfortable to hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich lids fit these cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCompatible sip-through lids are available separately. The brim diameter is 90mm — please check lid compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach case contains 500 cups, packed as 20 sleeves of 25 for easy handling and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat drinks are these cups suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese cups are designed for hot drinks including coffee, tea and hot chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy these cups in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — these cups are sold in cases of 500, suitable for cafés, catering operations, offices and hospitality venues with regular hot drink service. You can order here at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55846972948865,"sku":"GO--1124754","price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/12ozmatteblack.png?v=1782592754"},{"product_id":"8oz-black-matt-double-wall-hot-cups-case-of-500","title":"8oz Black Matt Double Wall Hot Cups - Case of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003e8oz black matt double wall hot cups supplied in a case of 500, packed as 20 sleeves of 25. A sleek, professional option for cafés, coffee shops, offices and hospitality venues that want a smart, understated cup for smaller hot drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe double wall construction provides good heat insulation, keeping drinks warmer for longer while keeping the outside of the cup comfortable to hold — no separate sleeve required. Compatible sip-through lids are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 8oz black double wall cups combine a clean matte finish with practical double wall insulation. Well suited to flat whites, cortados, espressos and shorter hot drinks, the simple matte black design works across café counters, workplace drink stations and hospitality self-serve areas where a professional look matters. Also available in 12oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8oz capacity — suitable for smaller hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble wall construction — good heat insulation, keeps drinks warmer for longer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo separate sleeve required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatte black finish — sleek, professional appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple, clean design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for coffee, tea, hot chocolate and other hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 500 cups — packed as 20 sleeves of 25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable for easy storage and counter organisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80mm brim diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for flat whites, cortados, espressos and smaller hot drinks served to go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace drink stations\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds a professional touch to staff kitchens, meeting rooms and visitor refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for conferences, markets and temporary hot drink service where presentation matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast service, self-serve areas and guest refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaway food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles smaller hot drinks for grab-and-go service with a clean, contemporary look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVending and self-serve areas\u003c\/strong\u003e — works alongside tabletop coffee machines and self-serve hot drink stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 8oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrim diameter: 80mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall construction: Double wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Matte\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner pack quantity: 25 cups per sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase quantity: 500 cups (20 sleeves of 25)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLids: Compatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture. Cups are stackable and sleeve-packed for straightforward storage and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these cups need a sleeve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The double wall construction provides sufficient insulation and grip for comfortable use without a separate sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between single wall and double wall cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSingle wall cups are made with one layer of board and are more economical. Double wall cups have an extra outer layer that improves heat insulation and keeps the outside of the cup more comfortable to hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich lids fit these cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCompatible sip-through lids are available separately. The brim diameter is 80mm — please check lid compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach case contains 500 cups, packed as 20 sleeves of 25 for easy handling and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat drinks are these cups suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese cups are designed for hot drinks including coffee, tea and hot chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this cup available in 12oz?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the black matt double wall cup is also available in 12oz. See the related products on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy these cups in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — these cups are sold in cases of 500, suitable for cafés, catering operations, offices and hospitality venues with regular hot drink service. You can order here at Vending Superstore.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55846987301249,"sku":"GO--6835328","price":27.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/18ozblackdw_b0c562f3-6342-4f44-8af2-e1b1ea45918c.png?v=1782593720"},{"product_id":"8oz-confetti-mixed-colour-double-wall-hot-cups-case-of-500","title":"8oz Confetti Mixed Colour Double Wall Hot Cups - Case of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003e8oz Confetti mixed colour double wall hot cups supplied in a case of 500, packed as 20 sleeves of 25. Each sleeve is a mixed pack of five colours — Baby Blue, Coral, Mint Green, Soft Pink and Yellow — making them a practical and eye-catching choice for cafés, coffee shops, offices and hospitality venues that want to add a bit of colour to their smaller hot drink service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe double wall construction keeps drinks warm and hands comfortable without the need for a separate sleeve. With under 5% plastic content, these cups are recyclable across the UK and Ireland at dedicated cup recycling facilities and fully aligned with EPR requirements. Also available in 12oz and 16oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfetti brings a playful approach to disposable hot cups, adding instant colour to the counter without the commitment of bespoke print runs. The smooth outer finish makes each cup an ideal blank canvas for branded stickers, stamps or labels. Well suited to espressos, flat whites, cortados and smaller hot drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8oz capacity — suitable for smaller hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble wall construction — keeps drinks warm and hands comfortable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo separate sleeve required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed sleeve of five colours: Baby Blue, Coral, Mint Green, Soft Pink and Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePE lined for leak resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder 5% plastic content — recyclable at dedicated cup recycling facilities across the UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully aligned with EPR requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn-cup ‘Recycle Me’ messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth outer finish — ideal for custom branding with stickers or stamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 500 cups — packed as 20 sleeves of 25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable for easy storage and counter organisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80mm brim diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds colour and character to espressos, flat whites and smaller takeaway hot drinks without bespoke print costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace drink stations\u003c\/strong\u003e — a more engaging option for staff kitchens, meeting rooms and visitor refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical and visually distinctive for conferences, markets and temporary hot drink service where presentation matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast service, self-serve areas and guest refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaway food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles smaller hot drinks for grab-and-go service with a point of difference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom branding\u003c\/strong\u003e — the smooth finish works well with stickers, stamps and labels for branded service without minimum print runs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 8oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrim diameter: 80mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall construction: Double wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLining: PE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: Baby Blue, Coral, Mint Green, Soft Pink, Yellow (mixed per sleeve)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic content: Under 5%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclability: Recyclable at dedicated cup recycling facilities — UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEPR: Fully aligned with EPR requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner pack quantity: 25 cups per sleeve (mixed colours)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase quantity: 500 cups (20 sleeves of 25)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLids: Compatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture. Cups are stackable and sleeve-packed for straightforward storage and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours are included in each sleeve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach sleeve of 25 is a mixed pack containing Baby Blue, Coral, Mint Green, Soft Pink and Yellow cups. The mix is the same across every sleeve in the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. With under 5% plastic content, Confetti cups are recyclable at dedicated cup recycling facilities across the UK and Ireland. On-cup ‘Recycle Me’ messaging helps encourage responsible disposal. They are not suitable for standard kerbside paper recycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups EPR compliant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These cups are fully aligned with EPR (Extended Producer Responsibility) requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these cups need a sleeve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The double wall construction provides sufficient insulation and grip for comfortable use without a separate sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these cups for my own branding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The smooth outer finish makes these cups a good base for branded stickers, stamps or labels, allowing you to add your own branding without committing to bespoke print runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich lids fit these cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCompatible sip-through lids are available separately. The brim diameter is 80mm — please check lid compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach case contains 500 cups, packed as 20 sleeves of 25. Each sleeve is a mixed pack of all five colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre other sizes available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — Confetti cups are also available in 12oz and 16oz. See the related products on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55847003554177,"sku":"OWN-5247196","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/8ozconfetticomp.webp?v=1782596349"},{"product_id":"16oz-confetti-mixed-colour-double-wall-hot-cups-case-of-500","title":"16oz Confetti Mixed Colour Double Wall Hot Cups - Case of 500","description":"\u003cp\u003e16oz Confetti mixed colour double wall hot cups supplied in a case of 500, packed as 20 sleeves of 25. Each sleeve is a mixed pack of five colours — Baby Blue, Coral, Mint Green, Soft Pink and Yellow — making them a practical and eye-catching choice for cafés, coffee shops, offices and hospitality venues that want to add a bit of colour to their larger hot drink service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe double wall construction keeps drinks warm and hands comfortable without the need for a separate sleeve. With under 5% plastic content, these cups are recyclable across the UK and Ireland at dedicated cup recycling facilities and fully aligned with EPR requirements. Also available in 8oz and 12oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfetti brings a playful approach to disposable hot cups, adding instant colour to the counter without the commitment of bespoke print runs. The smooth outer finish makes each cup an ideal blank canvas for branded stickers, stamps or labels. Well suited to large lattes, Americanos, hot chocolates and other larger hot drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16oz capacity — suitable for larger hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble wall construction — keeps drinks warm and hands comfortable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo separate sleeve required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed sleeve of five colours: Baby Blue, Coral, Mint Green, Soft Pink and Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePE lined for leak resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder 5% plastic content — recyclable at dedicated cup recycling facilities across the UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully aligned with EPR requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn-cup ‘Recycle Me’ messaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth outer finish — ideal for custom branding with stickers or stamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 500 cups — packed as 20 sleeves of 25\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable for easy storage and counter organisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e90mm brim diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and coffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds colour and character to large lattes, Americanos and takeaway hot drinks without bespoke print costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffices and workplace drink stations\u003c\/strong\u003e — a more engaging option for staff kitchens, meeting rooms and visitor refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering and events\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical and visually distinctive for conferences, markets and temporary hot drink service where presentation matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast service, self-serve areas and guest refreshment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTakeaway food outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles larger hot drinks for grab-and-go service with a point of difference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom branding\u003c\/strong\u003e — the smooth finish works well with stickers, stamps and labels for branded service without minimum print runs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 16oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrim diameter: 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall construction: Double wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLining: PE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: Baby Blue, Coral, Mint Green, Soft Pink, Yellow (mixed per sleeve)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic content: Under 5%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclability: Recyclable at dedicated cup recycling facilities — UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEPR: Fully aligned with EPR requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner pack quantity: 25 cups per sleeve (mixed colours)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase quantity: 500 cups (20 sleeves of 25)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Hot drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLids: Compatible sip-through lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture. Cups are stackable and sleeve-packed for straightforward storage and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours are included in each sleeve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach sleeve of 25 is a mixed pack containing Baby Blue, Coral, Mint Green, Soft Pink and Yellow cups. The mix is the same across every sleeve in the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. With under 5% plastic content, Confetti cups are recyclable at dedicated cup recycling facilities across the UK and Ireland. On-cup ‘Recycle Me’ messaging helps encourage responsible disposal. They are not suitable for standard kerbside paper recycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups EPR compliant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These cups are fully aligned with EPR (Extended Producer Responsibility) requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these cups need a sleeve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The double wall construction provides sufficient insulation and grip for comfortable use without a separate sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these cups for my own branding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The smooth outer finish makes these cups a good base for branded stickers, stamps or labels, allowing you to add your own branding without committing to bespoke print runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich lids fit these cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCompatible sip-through lids are available separately. The brim diameter is 90mm — please check lid compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach case contains 500 cups, packed as 20 sleeves of 25. Each sleeve is a mixed pack of all five colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre other sizes available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — Confetti cups are also available in 8oz and 12oz. See the related products on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55847494418817,"sku":"GO--7841454","price":46.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/16confetticups.png?v=1782651835"},{"product_id":"12oz-rpet-smoothie-cup-domed-lids-straw-hole-case-of-1000","title":"12oz Cold Cup Domed Lids with Straw Hole - rPET Smoothie Lids - Case of 1000","description":"\u003cp\u003e12oz rPET domed lids with straw hole supplied in a case of 1000. Designed to fit the 12oz Go-rPET clear smoothie cups (92mm brim diameter), these lids are suitable for takeaway cold drink service in cafés, juice bars, coffee shops, gyms, events and hospitality venues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe domed profile provides clearance for layered drinks, blended smoothies and topped beverages, while the built-in straw hole allows customers to use a straw without removing the lid — keeping drinks secure and reducing spills during takeaway service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible 12oz rPET smoothie cups are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomed lid design — provides clearance for layered and blended drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in straw hole — no need to remove the lid to use a straw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e92mm diameter — designed to fit 12oz Go-rPET smoothie cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for smoothies, iced coffee, cold brew, juices, milkshakes and soft drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps keep drinks secure during takeaway service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 1000 lids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for cold drinks only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible cups available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoothie bars and juice bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps drinks covered and straw-ready for takeaway service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for iced coffee, cold brew, iced lattes and frappé-style drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and food-to-go counters\u003c\/strong\u003e — a practical lid for chilled takeaway drinks, soft drinks and milkshakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGyms and leisure centres\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for protein shakes, smoothies and cold refreshments on the go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvents and catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for festivals, outdoor events and temporary cold drink service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for grab-and-go counters, breakfast bars and poolside cold drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLid style: Domed with straw hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase quantity: 1000 lids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Cold drinks only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with: 12oz Go-rPET smoothie cups (92mm brim)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: OWN-001239-LIDS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat sources. Keep lids in their packaging until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat cups do these lids fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese lids are designed to fit the 12oz Go-rPET clear smoothie cups with a 92mm brim diameter. Always check brim diameter compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these lids have a straw hole?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These domed lids have a built-in straw hole, allowing customers to use a straw without removing the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these lids suitable for hot drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These lids are designed for cold drink use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lids are in a case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach case contains 1000 lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can I find the matching cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe compatible 12oz Go-rPET clear smoothie cups are available separately — see the related products on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55847596556673,"sku":"OWN-001239-LIDS","price":22.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/domelids.png?v=1782646681"},{"product_id":"14oz-clear-rpet-smoothie-cups-case-of-1000","title":"14oz Clear Plastic Cold Cups - rPET Smoothie Cups - Case of 1000","description":"\u003cp\u003e14oz clear rPET smoothie cups supplied in a case of 1000, packed in inner sleeves of 50. Designed for serving cold drinks including smoothies, iced coffee, cold brew, juices, milkshakes, iced teas and soft drinks. Made with a minimum of 30% independently certified post-consumer recycled PET, offering a more responsible alternative to standard virgin plastic cups while still delivering excellent clarity, strength and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe crystal-clear finish helps showcase colourful drinks, layered smoothies, juices and iced beverages. 98mm brim diameter. Compatible domed lids are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 14oz clear rPET cold cups are a practical choice for businesses serving larger chilled drinks to go. Made from recycled PET, the cups offer the same clean, transparent look customers expect from a premium cold drink cup, while helping support the use of post-consumer recycled material. The cups are also recyclable where suitable recycling facilities are available. Also available in 12oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14oz capacity — ideal for larger cold drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear rPET construction for excellent drink visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with a minimum of 30% independently certified post-consumer recycled PET\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGRS certified post-consumer material via BV Control Union Certification body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable where suitable facilities exist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong and durable for takeaway cold drink service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal-clear finish for smoothies, juices and iced drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for smoothies, iced coffee, cold brew, juice, milkshakes and soft drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e98mm brim diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked in inner sleeves of 50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 1000 cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible domed lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoothie bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for colourful smoothies, protein shakes, fruit blends and wellness drinks where presentation matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJuice bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — the clear cup shows off fresh juices, pressed drinks, layered colours and vibrant ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — perfect for iced coffee, cold brew, iced lattes, frappé-style drinks and seasonal summer drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and food-to-go counters\u003c\/strong\u003e — a reliable clear cold cup for chilled takeaway drinks, soft drinks, iced teas and milkshakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGyms and leisure centres\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for protein shakes, smoothies, recovery drinks, juices and cold refreshments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvents and catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for festivals, conferences, mobile catering, outdoor events and temporary cold drink service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast bars, self-serve drink areas, grab-and-go counters and poolside cold drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDessert shops and milkshake bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for milkshakes, iced desserts, frappés, thick shakes and colourful cold drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSustainability and Recycling\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Go-rPET cold cups are made with a minimum of 30% independently certified post-consumer recycled PET. Using recycled PET helps reduce reliance on virgin plastic while maintaining the clarity and strength needed for cold drink service. The cups can also be recycled where suitable recycling facilities exist. Always check local waste guidance and make sure cups are empty before placing them into the appropriate recycling stream.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 14oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrim diameter: 98mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: rPET \/ recycled PET\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecycled content: Minimum 30% independently certified post-consumer recycled PET\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCertification: GRS certified — BV Control Union Certification body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner pack quantity: 50 cups per sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase quantity: 1000 cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Cold drinks only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable: Yes, where suitable recycling facilities are available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat sources. Keep cups in their packaging until needed to protect them from dust, moisture and contamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are 14oz clear rPET cups used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e14oz clear rPET cups are used for serving cold drinks such as smoothies, iced coffee, cold brew, juices, milkshakes, iced teas, soft drinks and frappé-style drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups suitable for smoothies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These 14oz clear cups are ideal for smoothies, fruit blends, protein shakes and wellness drinks. The clear finish helps show off the colour and texture of the drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does rPET mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003erPET stands for recycled PET. It is PET plastic made using recycled material, helping reduce reliance on virgin plastic while still offering the clarity and strength needed for cold drink cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups made from recycled plastic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These Go-rPET cups are made with a minimum of 30% independently certified post-consumer recycled PET, certified via the GRS standard by BV Control Union.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These cups can be recycled where suitable recycling facilities are available. Always check your local waste provider’s guidance and make sure cups are empty before recycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups suitable for hot drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These cups are designed for cold drinks only. For coffee, tea or hot chocolate, use dedicated hot drink cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat lids fit these 14oz rPET cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese cups have a 98mm brim diameter. Please check lid compatibility before ordering lids separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach case contains 1000 cups, packed in inner sleeves of 50 for easier storage and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a 12oz size available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — these Go-rPET smoothie cups are also available in 12oz. See the related products on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55848215216513,"sku":"GO--6428841","price":44.89,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/14oz-smoothie.png?v=1782670926"},{"product_id":"16oz-clear-rpet-smoothie-cups-case-of-1000","title":"16oz Clear Plastic Cold Cups - rPET Smoothie Cups - Case of 1000","description":"\u003cp\u003e16oz clear rPET smoothie cups supplied in a case of 1000, packed in inner sleeves of 50. Designed for serving cold drinks including smoothies, iced coffee, cold brew, juices, milkshakes, iced teas and soft drinks. Made with a minimum of 30% independently certified post-consumer recycled PET, offering a more responsible alternative to standard virgin plastic cups while still delivering excellent clarity, strength and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe crystal-clear finish helps showcase colourful drinks, layered smoothies, juices and iced beverages. 98mm brim diameter. Compatible domed lids are available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 16oz clear rPET cold cups are a practical choice for businesses serving larger chilled drinks to go. Made from recycled PET, the cups offer the same clean, transparent look customers expect from a premium cold drink cup, while helping support the use of post-consumer recycled material. The cups are also recyclable where suitable recycling facilities are available. Also available in 12oz and 14oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16oz capacity — ideal for larger cold drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear rPET construction for excellent drink visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with a minimum of 30% independently certified post-consumer recycled PET\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGRS certified post-consumer material via BV Control Union Certification body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable where suitable facilities exist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong and durable for takeaway cold drink service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal-clear finish for smoothies, juices and iced drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for smoothies, iced coffee, cold brew, juice, milkshakes and soft drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e98mm brim diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked in inner sleeves of 50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase of 1000 cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible domed lids available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoothie bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for large colourful smoothies, protein shakes, fruit blends and wellness drinks where presentation matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJuice bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — the clear cup shows off fresh juices, pressed drinks, layered colours and vibrant ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee shops\u003c\/strong\u003e — perfect for large iced coffees, cold brew, iced lattes, frappé-style drinks and seasonal summer drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCafés and food-to-go counters\u003c\/strong\u003e — a reliable clear cold cup for chilled takeaway drinks, soft drinks, iced teas and milkshakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGyms and leisure centres\u003c\/strong\u003e — useful for large protein shakes, smoothies, recovery drinks, juices and cold refreshments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvents and catering\u003c\/strong\u003e — practical for festivals, conferences, mobile catering, outdoor events and temporary cold drink service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotels and hospitality venues\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for breakfast bars, self-serve drink areas, grab-and-go counters and poolside cold drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDessert shops and milkshake bars\u003c\/strong\u003e — suitable for large milkshakes, iced desserts, frappés, thick shakes and colourful cold drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSustainability and Recycling\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Go-rPET cold cups are made with a minimum of 30% independently certified post-consumer recycled PET. Using recycled PET helps reduce reliance on virgin plastic while maintaining the clarity and strength needed for cold drink service. The cups can also be recycled where suitable recycling facilities exist. Always check local waste guidance and make sure cups are empty before placing them into the appropriate recycling stream.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 16oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrim diameter: 98mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: rPET \/ recycled PET\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecycled content: Minimum 30% independently certified post-consumer recycled PET\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCertification: GRS certified — BV Control Union Certification body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner pack quantity: 50 cups per sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCase quantity: 1000 cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for: Cold drinks only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable: Yes, where suitable recycling facilities are available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat sources. Keep cups in their packaging until needed to protect them from dust, moisture and contamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are 16oz clear rPET cups used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e16oz clear rPET cups are used for serving cold drinks such as smoothies, iced coffee, cold brew, juices, milkshakes, iced teas, soft drinks and frappé-style drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups suitable for smoothies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These 16oz clear cups are ideal for smoothies, fruit blends, protein shakes and wellness drinks. The clear finish helps show off the colour and texture of the drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does rPET mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003erPET stands for recycled PET. It is PET plastic made using recycled material, helping reduce reliance on virgin plastic while still offering the clarity and strength needed for cold drink cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups made from recycled plastic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These Go-rPET cups are made with a minimum of 30% independently certified post-consumer recycled PET, certified via the GRS standard by BV Control Union.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. These cups can be recycled where suitable recycling facilities are available. Always check your local waste provider’s guidance and make sure cups are empty before recycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups suitable for hot drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These cups are designed for cold drinks only. For coffee, tea or hot chocolate, use dedicated hot drink cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat lids fit these 16oz rPET cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese cups have a 98mm brim diameter. Please check lid compatibility before ordering lids separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach case contains 1000 cups, packed in inner sleeves of 50 for easier storage and restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre other sizes available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — these Go-rPET smoothie cups are also available in 12oz and 14oz. See the related products on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Go-Pak","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55848226324865,"sku":"GO--4878841","price":48.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/files\/16ozcups.png?v=1782671876"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0516\/6491\/2583\/collections\/logo-correct-green_6037fb95-e066-4bc4-a0e8-0cc7431b7e14.png?v=1724240159","url":"https:\/\/vendingsuperstore.co.uk\/collections\/new-arrivals.oembed?page=3","provider":"Vending Superstore","version":"1.0","type":"link"}